Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

a+fit+time+and+place

Толкование Перевод

61 hacer

v.

1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).

¿qué haces? what are you doing?

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do

estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year

¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?

la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road

Ella hace la tarea She does her work.

2 to make.

hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans

hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphony

hacer una fiesta to have a party

para hacer la carne… to cook the meat…

Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.

Le hago estudiar I make him study.

Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)

3 to make (obtener) (fotocopia).

4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).

5 to build (to build).

han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building

6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).

le hice señas I signaled to her

hacer ruido to make a noise

el gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"

7 to do (practicar) (en general).

debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport

8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).

este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat

9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).

hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter

10 to think, to reckon.

a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now

11 to be done to.

Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.

12 to place.

Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.

13 to be made to.

Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.

14 to be made for.

Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.

15 to travel, to make.

Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.

* * *

HACER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

hago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.

Past Indicative

hice, hiciste, hizo, hicimos, hicisteis, hicieron.

Future Indicative

haré, harás, hará, haremos, haréis, harán.

Conditional

haría, harías, haría, haríamos, haríais, harían.

Present Subjunctive

haga, hagas, haga, hagamos, hagáis, hagan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

hiciera, hicieras, hiciera, hiciéramos, hicierais, hicieran;

hiciese, hicieses, hiciese, hiciésemos, hicieseis, hiciesen.

Future Subjunctive

hiciere, hicieres, hiciere, hiciéremos, hiciereis, hicieren.

Imperative

haz (tú), haga (él/Vd.), hagamos (nos.), haced (vos.), hagan (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

hecho,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to make

2) do

3) be

•

- hace dos años
- hacer falta
- hacerse
* * *
Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) [indicando actividad en general] to do

¿qué haces? — what are you doing?

¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?

no sé qué hacer — I don't know what to do

hace y deshace las cosas a su antojo — she does as she pleases

¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!

no hizo nada por ayudarnos — she didn't do anything to help us

haz todo lo posible por llegar a tiempo — do everything possible to arrive on time

• hacer el [amor] — to make love

• hacer la [guerra] — to wage war

- ¡qué le vamos a hacer!

hacer algo por hacer —

no tiene sentido hacer las cosas por hacerlas — there's no point doing things just for the sake of it

- ¡la hemos hecho buena!

- ya ha hecho otra de las suyas

2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do

él protestó y yo hice lo mismo — he protested and I did the same

no viene tanto como lo solía hacer — he doesn't come as much as he used to

3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write

hacer dinero — to make money

• le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends

4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, work

el gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed

el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade

¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?

• hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour

• hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign

• hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand

• hacer [ruido] — to make a noise

• hacer [sitio] — to make room

• hacer [tiempo] — to kill time

5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to make

hacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails

hacer la barba a algn — to trim sb's beard

• hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags

6) (=dedicarse a)

¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?

está haciendo turismo en África — he's gone touring in Africa

• hacer [cine] — to make films

• hacer [teatro] — to act

7) (=actuar)

hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part

hacer el papel de malo — to play the (part of the) villain

8) (=sumar) to make

6 y 3 hacen 9 — 6 and 3 make 9

este hace 100 — this one makes 100

y cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros

este hace el corredor número 100 en atravesar la meta — he's the 100th runner to cross the finishing line

9) (=cumplir)

voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week

10) (=obligar) + infin to make

les hice venir — I made them come

siempre consigue hacerme reír — she always manages to make me laugh

le gustaba hacerme rabiar — he enjoyed making me mad

• hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in

• me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it

• hacer [que] + subjun —

yo haré que vengan — I'll make sure they come

11) (=mandar)
+ infin
hizo construirse un palacio — she had a palace built

hicieron pintar la fachada del colegio — they had the front of the school painted

12) (=transformar) + adj to make

esto lo hará más difícil — this will make it more difficult

hacer feliz a algn — to make sb happy

te hace más delgado — it makes you look slimmer

has hecho de mí un hombre muy feliz — you've made me a very happy man

13) (=pensar) to think

yo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older

te hacíamos en el Perú — we thought you were in Peru

14) (=acostumbrar)

hacer el cuerpo al frío — to get one's body used to the cold

15) (=ejercitar)

hacer dedos — to do finger exercises

hacer piernas — to stretch one's legs

16)

• hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —

me hizo con dinero — he provided me with money

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=comportarse)

haces bien en esperar — you're right to wait

haces mal no contestando a sus llamadas — it's wrong of you not to answer his calls

• hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as if

hizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed

hizo como si me fuera a pegar — he made as if to strike me

2)

• [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble

dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble

3) (=importar)

no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind

- ¡no le hagas!

4) (=ser apropiado)

¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?

la llave hace a todas las puertas — the key fits all the doors

hace a todo — he's good for anything

5) (=apetecer)

¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?

¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?

6) [seguido de preposición]
hacer de (Teat) to play the part of
hacer de malo — to play the villain
hacer por (=intentar)
haz por verlo si puedes — try to get round to seeing him if you can

hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth

3. VERBO IMPERSONAL

1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to be

hace calor/frío — it's hot/cold

hizo dos grados bajo cero — it was two degrees below zero

¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?

ojalá haga buen tiempo — I hope the weather's nice

2) [con expresiones temporales]

hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left

hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him

ha estado aquí hasta hace poco — he was here only a short while ago

no hace mucho — not long ago

hace un mes que voy — I've been going for a month

¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?

hace de esto varios años — it is some years since this happened

• [desde] hace cuatro años — for four years

está perdido desde hace 15 días — it's been missing for a fortnight

3) LAm (=haber, tener)

hace sed — I'm thirsty

hace sueño — I'm sleepy

4.

See:

hacerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

hacen buena pareja — they make a lovely couple

2)

a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

me hicieron una visita — they paid me a visit

me hizo un regalo — she gave me a gift

¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

aún queda mucho por hacer — there is still a lot (left) to do

dar que hacer — to make a lot of work

b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out

3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción — nobody raised any objections

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras — he related his adventures to us

4) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make

6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

7)

a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

este jabón no hace espuma — this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia — I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño — these shoes hurt my feet

b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover

9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil — the thousandth visitor

Sentido II

10)

a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do

no hace más que quejarse — she does nothing but complain

no hice más que cumplir con mi deber — I only did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro — she would like to work in the theater

hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do

c) ( estudiar) to do

hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

hacer un curso de cocina — to do a cookery course

11)

a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

aquí se hace lo que digo yo — around here what I say goes

hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

hacerla (buena) — (fam)

ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

no sé qué hice con los recibos — I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

c) ( causar daño)

hacerle algo a alguien — to do something to somebody

yo no le hice nada — I didn't do anything to her

el perro no te hace nada — the dog won't hurt you

12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)

toca bien el piano - antes lo hacía mejor — she plays the piano well - she used to play better

voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada — that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

15) (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer — he made her his wife

hizo pedazos la carta — she tore the letter into tiny pieces

ella lo hizo posible — she made it possible

hacer algo de algo — to turn something into something

hacer algo de alguien — to make something of somebody

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor — I want to make a great actor of you

16) ( dar apariencia de)

ese vestido te hace más delgada — that dress makes you look thinner

17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

me hizo llorar — it made me cry

todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

hizo caer al niño — he knocked the child over

hágalo pasar — tell him to come in

hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! — you're going to make me lose my temper!

18) ( obligar a)

hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

me hizo esperar tres horas — she kept me waiting for three hours

me hizo abrirla — he made me open it

hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

hizo que todos se sentaran — he made everybody sit down

19)

hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

20) (suponer, imaginar)

te hacía en Buenos Aires — I thought you were in Buenos Aires

yo que lo hacía casado! — I had the idea that he was married!
2.
hacer vi

Sentido I

1)

a) (obrar, actuar)

déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

le hace a todo — she does a bit of everything

yo no le hago a la pintura — I don't go in for painting

hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

b) (+ compl)

hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir — it's wrong of you to lie

2) ( refiriéndose a las necesidades fisiológicas)

mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

3) (fingir, simular)

hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

hice como que no oía — I pretended not to hear

haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

4) ( servir)

hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

5) ( interpretar personaje)

hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

Sentido II

6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

le va a hacer bien salir un poco — it'll do her good to get out a bit

la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

7) ( corresponder)

hacerle a algo — to fit something

esta tapa no le hace al frasco — this lid doesn't fit the jar

8)

no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

9) (en 3^a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
3.
hacer v impers

1)

a) ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico)

hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados — it's three degrees

(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso — the weather was terrible

b) (fam & hum)

hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

2) ( expresando tiempo transcurrido)

hace dos años que murió — he's been dead for two years

¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

hace mucho que lo conozco — I've known him for a long time

no lo veo desde hace años — I haven't seen him for years

hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years

hasta hace poco — until recently
4.
1) hacerse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse)

hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo un nudo en el hilo — I got a knot in the thread

se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)

por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

3)

a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself

se hace toda la ropa — she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita — they built themselves a little house

b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)

se hicieron una casita — they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética — she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos — I'm going to have a manicure

4) ( causarse)

me hice un tajo en el dedo — I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

5) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make

hacerse un nombre — to make a name for oneself

hacerse enemigos — to make enemies

Sentido II

7)

a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old

b) (impers)

se hace de noche muy pronto — it gets dark very early

se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos hizo de noche esperándolo — it got dark while we were waiting for him

c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook

d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

8) ( resultar)

esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo interminable — it seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo — I find it very hard to believe

9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

10) (caus)

hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

11) ( acostumbrarse)

hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

no consigo hacerme a la idea — I can't get used to the idea

12) ( fingirse)

no te hagas el inocente — don't act the innocent

me vio pero se hizo el loco — he saw me but pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

14) hacerse con

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad — the army took the city

tengo que hacerme con esa carta — I must get hold of that letter

logró hacerse con el control de la compañía — he managed to gain control of the company

15) hacerse de (AmL)

se hicieron de gran fama — they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

se hizo de muchos amigos — he made a lot of friends

* * *

= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.

Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.

Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.

Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.

Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.

Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.

Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.

Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.

Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.

Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.

Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.

Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.

----

* acceder haciendo clic = click.

* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.

* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.

* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.

* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.

* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.

* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* decidir hacer = spring for.

* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.

* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde hace ya años = for years now.

* difícil de hacer = hard to do.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.

* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* existir desde hace años = be around for years.

* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.

* hace algunos años = some years ago.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.

* hace años = years ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hacer huir en batalla = route.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.

* hace miles de años = aeons ago.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.

* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* hacer abono orgánico = compost.

* hacer acampada = camp.

* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.

* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.

* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.

* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.

* hacer ágil = limber up.

* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.

* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.

* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.

* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.

* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.

* hacer alegaciones = plead.

* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).

* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.

* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.

* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.

* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.

* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.

* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.

* hacer Algo puré = mash.

* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.

* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.

* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.

* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.

* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.

* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacer amigos = win + friends.

* hacer amistad = make + friend.

* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.

* hacer amistades = friend.

* hacer ampollas = blister.

* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.

* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer apología = make + apology.

* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.

* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.

* hacer asequible = make + amenable.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.

* hacer avances = make + headway.

* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.

* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.

* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.

* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* hacer balance de = take + stock of.

* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.

* hacer basto = coarsen.

* hacer bien = do + good.

* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.

* hacer borroso = blur.

* hacer bromas = banter.

* hacer bucles = loop.

* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.

* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.

* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.

* hacer bulto = bulge.

* hacer búsquedas en = search through.

* hacer caca = take + a dump.

* hacer caer = oust.

* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.

* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.

* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.

* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).

* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.

* hacer cara a = brave.

* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).

* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.

* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.

* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.

* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.

* hacer chatting = chat.

* hacer circular = pass around.

* hacer circular por = circulate round.

* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.

* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cola = queue up.

* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.

* hacer comentarios = air + comments.

* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.

* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.

* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.

* hacer comparecer = arraign.

* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer compost = compost.

* hacer compras = do + shopping.

* hacer comprender = bring + home.

* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.

* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.

* hacer conjeturas = speculate.

* hacer constar = state.

* hacer contrabando = smuggle.

* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.

* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.

* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cosquillas = tickle.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* hacer crítica = find + fault with.

* hacer croché = crochet.

* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* hacer cumplir = uphold.

* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.

* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.

* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.

* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.

* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.

* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.

* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.

* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.

* hacer de = make out of.

* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.

* hacer declamaciones = declaim.

* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.

* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.

* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.

* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].

* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.

* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.

* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.

* hacer descuento = discount.

* hacer desfilar = parade.

* hacer detonar = detonate.

* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.

* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.

* hacer diana = hit + home.

* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.

* hacer dinero = make + money.

* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.

* hacer eco = echo, resonate.

* hacer eco de = echo.

* hacer efectivo = cash in.

* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.

* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.

* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.

* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.

* hacer el amor = make + love.

* hacer el avío = get + ready.

* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer el cambio = make + the change.

* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.

* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer el dobladillo = hem.

* hacer elección = make + choices.

* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.

* hacer el indio = horse around/about.

* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.

* hacer el mal = do + evil.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacer el monigote = fool around.

* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.

* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* hacer el testamento = testate.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* hacer encaje = tat.

* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.

* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer encargos = run + errands.

* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.

* hacer entender = get across.

* hacer erupción = erupt.

* hacer escala = stop over.

* hacer eses = zigzag.

* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.

* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.

* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.

* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.

* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.

* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.

* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.

* hacer esto = go along + this road.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.

* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.

* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.

* hacer estrías = rifle.

* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.

* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.

* hacer explícito = make + explicit.

* hacer explotar = blow up.

* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.

* hacer factible = make + feasible.

* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.

* hacer flexible = limber up.

* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.

* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].

* hacer fotografía = make + picture.

* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.

* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.

* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.

* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.

* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.

* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.

* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.

* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.

* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).

* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.

* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.

* hacer frente a la vida = cope.

* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.

* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.

* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.

* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.

* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.

* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.

* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.

* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.

* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.

* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.

* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.

* hacer fresco = be cool.

* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.

* hacer gala de = sport.

* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.

* hacer ganchillo = crochet.

* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.

* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.

* hacer gozar = delight.

* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.

* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.

* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].

* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.

* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.

* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.

* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.

* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.

* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.

* hacer hueco = make + room (for).

* hacer huelga = strike.

* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.

* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.

* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.

* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.

* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.

* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.

* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.

* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.

* hacer juego con = go with.

* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.

* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer justicia = do + justice.

* hacer la cama = make + the bed.

* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* hacer la guerra = make + war.

* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.

* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.

* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.

* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.

* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.

* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.

* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.

* hacer la transición = make + the transition.

* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.

* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.

* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.

* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.

* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.

* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.

* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.

* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.

* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.

* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.

* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.

* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.

* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.

* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.

* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.

* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacer los deberes = do + homework.

* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer malabarismos = juggle.

* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer mandados = run + errands.

* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.

* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.

* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.

* hacer más eficiente = streamline.

* hacer más estricto = tighten.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacer más inteligente = smarten.

* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.

* hacer más preciso = tightening up.

* hacer más rico = add + richness to.

* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.

* hacer más sabroso = pep up.

* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.

* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.

* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.

* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.

* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.

* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.

* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hacer necesario = render + necessary.

* hacer negocio = make + business.

* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.

* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.

* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.

* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.

* hacer nudos = knot.

* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.

* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.

* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.

* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.

* hacer ordinario = coarsen.

* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.

* hacer palmas = clap.

* hacer paradas = make + stops.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* hacer partícipe = engage.

* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.

* hacer patochadas = fool around.

* hacer payasadas = fool around.

* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.

* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.

* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.

* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.

* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.

* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.

* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.

* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.

* hacer permanente = render + permanent.

* hacer ping = ping.

* hacer pipí = pee.

* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.

* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.

* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* hacer poco = do + little.

* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].

* hacer por encargo = make to + order.

* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.

* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.

* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.

* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.

* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.

* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

hacen buena pareja — they make a lovely couple

2)

a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

me hicieron una visita — they paid me a visit

me hizo un regalo — she gave me a gift

¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

aún queda mucho por hacer — there is still a lot (left) to do

dar que hacer — to make a lot of work

b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out

3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción — nobody raised any objections

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras — he related his adventures to us

4) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make

6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

7)

a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

este jabón no hace espuma — this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia — I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño — these shoes hurt my feet

b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover

9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil — the thousandth visitor

Sentido II

10)

a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do

no hace más que quejarse — she does nothing but complain

no hice más que cumplir con mi deber — I only did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro — she would like to work in the theater

hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do

c) ( estudiar) to do

hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

hacer un curso de cocina — to do a cookery course

11)

a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

aquí se hace lo que digo yo — around here what I say goes

hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

hacerla (buena) — (fam)

ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

no sé qué hice con los recibos — I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

c) ( causar daño)

hacerle algo a alguien — to do something to somebody

yo no le hice nada — I didn't do anything to her

el perro no te hace nada — the dog won't hurt you

12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)

toca bien el piano - antes lo hacía mejor — she plays the piano well - she used to play better

voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada — that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

15) (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer — he made her his wife

hizo pedazos la carta — she tore the letter into tiny pieces

ella lo hizo posible — she made it possible

hacer algo de algo — to turn something into something

hacer algo de alguien — to make something of somebody

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor — I want to make a great actor of you

16) ( dar apariencia de)

ese vestido te hace más delgada — that dress makes you look thinner

17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

me hizo llorar — it made me cry

todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

hizo caer al niño — he knocked the child over

hágalo pasar — tell him to come in

hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! — you're going to make me lose my temper!

18) ( obligar a)

hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

me hizo esperar tres horas — she kept me waiting for three hours

me hizo abrirla — he made me open it

hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

hizo que todos se sentaran — he made everybody sit down

19)

hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

20) (suponer, imaginar)

te hacía en Buenos Aires — I thought you were in Buenos Aires

yo que lo hacía casado! — I had the idea that he was married!
2.
hacer vi

Sentido I

1)

a) (obrar, actuar)

déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

le hace a todo — she does a bit of everything

yo no le hago a la pintura — I don't go in for painting

hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

b) (+ compl)

hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir — it's wrong of you to lie

2) ( refiriéndose a las necesidades fisiológicas)

mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

3) (fingir, simular)

hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

hice como que no oía — I pretended not to hear

haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

4) ( servir)

hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

5) ( interpretar personaje)

hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

Sentido II

6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

le va a hacer bien salir un poco — it'll do her good to get out a bit

la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

7) ( corresponder)

hacerle a algo — to fit something

esta tapa no le hace al frasco — this lid doesn't fit the jar

8)

no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

9) (en 3^a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
3.
hacer v impers

1)

a) ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico)

hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados — it's three degrees

(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso — the weather was terrible

b) (fam & hum)

hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

2) ( expresando tiempo transcurrido)

hace dos años que murió — he's been dead for two years

¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

hace mucho que lo conozco — I've known him for a long time

no lo veo desde hace años — I haven't seen him for years

hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years

hasta hace poco — until recently
4.
1) hacerse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse)

hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo un nudo en el hilo — I got a knot in the thread

se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)

por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

3)

a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself

se hace toda la ropa — she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita — they built themselves a little house

b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)

se hicieron una casita — they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética — she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos — I'm going to have a manicure

4) ( causarse)

me hice un tajo en el dedo — I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

5) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas)

todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make

hacerse un nombre — to make a name for oneself

hacerse enemigos — to make enemies

Sentido II

7)

a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old

b) (impers)

se hace de noche muy pronto — it gets dark very early

se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos hizo de noche esperándolo — it got dark while we were waiting for him

c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook

d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

8) ( resultar)

esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hizo interminable — it seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo — I find it very hard to believe

9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

10) (caus)

hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

11) ( acostumbrarse)

hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

no consigo hacerme a la idea — I can't get used to the idea

12) ( fingirse)

no te hagas el inocente — don't act the innocent

me vio pero se hizo el loco — he saw me but pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

14) hacerse con

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad — the army took the city

tengo que hacerme con esa carta — I must get hold of that letter

logró hacerse con el control de la compañía — he managed to gain control of the company

15) hacerse de (AmL)

se hicieron de gran fama — they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

se hizo de muchos amigos — he made a lot of friends

* * *

= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.

Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.

Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.

Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.

Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.

Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.

Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.

Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.

Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..

Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.

Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.

Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.

Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.

* acceder haciendo clic = click.

* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.

* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.

* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.

* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.

* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.

* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.

* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.

* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.

* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.

* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.

* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.

* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.

* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.

* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.

* cuando hace frío = in the cold.

* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.

* decidir hacer = spring for.

* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.

* de hace años = of years ago.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.

* de hace siglos = of yore.

* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.

* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.

* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.

* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.

* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.

* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.

* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.

* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.

* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.

* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.

* desde hace ya años = for years now.

* difícil de hacer = hard to do.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.

* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.

* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.

* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* existir desde hace años = be around for years.

* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.

* hace algunos años = some years ago.

* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.

* hace años = years ago.

* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.

* hacer huir en batalla = route.

* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.

* hace miles de años = aeons ago.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.

* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.

* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.

* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.

* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* hacer abono orgánico = compost.

* hacer acampada = camp.

* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.

* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.

* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.

* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.

* hacer ágil = limber up.

* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.

* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.

* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.

* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.

* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.

* hacer alegaciones = plead.

* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.

* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.

* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.

* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).

* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).

* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.

* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.

* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.

* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.

* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.

* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.

* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.

* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.

* hacer Algo puré = mash.

* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.

* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.

* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.

* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.

* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.

* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.

* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.

* hacer amigos = win + friends.

* hacer amistad = make + friend.

* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.

* hacer amistades = friend.

* hacer ampollas = blister.

* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.

* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.

* hacer a partir de = make out of.

* hacer apología = make + apology.

* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.

* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.

* hacer asequible = make + amenable.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.

* hacer avances = make + headway.

* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.

* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.

* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.

* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.

* hacer bajar = force down.

* hacer balance de = take + stock of.

* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.

* hacer basto = coarsen.

* hacer bien = do + good.

* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.

* hacer borroso = blur.

* hacer bromas = banter.

* hacer bucles = loop.

* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.

* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.

* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.

* hacer bulto = bulge.

* hacer búsquedas en = search through.

* hacer caca = take + a dump.

* hacer caer = oust.

* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.

* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.

* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.

* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.

* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.

* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).

* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.

* hacer cara a = brave.

* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).

* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.

* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.

* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.

* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.

* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.

* hacer chatting = chat.

* hacer circular = pass around.

* hacer circular por = circulate round.

* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.

* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cola = queue up.

* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.

* hacer comentarios = air + comments.

* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.

* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.

* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.

* hacer comparecer = arraign.

* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer compost = compost.

* hacer compras = do + shopping.

* hacer comprender = bring + home.

* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.

* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.

* hacer conjeturas = speculate.

* hacer constar = state.

* hacer contrabando = smuggle.

* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.

* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.

* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.

* hacer cosas = get + things done.

* hacer cosquillas = tickle.

* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.

* hacer crítica = find + fault with.

* hacer croché = crochet.

* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).

* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.

* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.

* hacer cumplir = uphold.

* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.

* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.

* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.

* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.

* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.

* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.

* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.

* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.

* hacer de = make out of.

* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.

* hacer declamaciones = declaim.

* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.

* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.

* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.

* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].

* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.

* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.

* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.

* hacer descuento = discount.

* hacer desfilar = parade.

* hacer detonar = detonate.

* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.

* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.

* hacer diana = hit + home.

* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.

* hacer dinero = make + money.

* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.

* hacer eco = echo, resonate.

* hacer eco de = echo.

* hacer efectivo = cash in.

* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.

* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.

* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.

* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.

* hacer el amor = make + love.

* hacer el avío = get + ready.

* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.

* hacer el cambio = make + the change.

* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.

* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer el dobladillo = hem.

* hacer elección = make + choices.

* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.

* hacer el indio = horse around/about.

* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.

* hacer el mal = do + evil.

* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.

* hacer el monigote = fool around.

* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.

* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.

* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* hacer el testamento = testate.

* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.

* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* hacer encaje = tat.

* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.

* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer encargos = run + errands.

* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.

* hacer entender = get across.

* hacer erupción = erupt.

* hacer escala = stop over.

* hacer eses = zigzag.

* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.

* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.

* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.

* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.

* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.

* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.

* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.

* hacer esto = go along + this road.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.

* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.

* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).

* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.

* hacer estrías = rifle.

* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.

* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.

* hacer explícito = make + explicit.

* hacer explotar = blow up.

* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.

* hacer factible = make + feasible.

* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.

* hacer flexible = limber up.

* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.

* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].

* hacer fotografía = make + picture.

* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.

* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.

* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.

* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.

* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.

* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.

* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.

* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.

* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).

* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.

* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.

* hacer frente a la vida = cope.

* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.

* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.

* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.

* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.

* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.

* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.

* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.

* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.

* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.

* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.

* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.

* hacer fresco = be cool.

* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.

* hacer gala de = sport.

* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.

* hacer ganchillo = crochet.

* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.

* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.

* hacer gozar = delight.

* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer guardar silencio = shush.

* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.

* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.

* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].

* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.

* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.

* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.

* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.

* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.

* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.

* hacer hueco = make + room (for).

* hacer huelga = strike.

* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.

* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.

* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.

* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.

* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.

* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.

* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.

* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.

* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.

* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.

* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.

* hacer juego con = go with.

* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.

* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer justicia = do + justice.

* hacer la cama = make + the bed.

* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.

* hacer la guerra = make + war.

* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.

* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.

* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.

* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.

* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.

* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.

* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.

* hacer la transición = make + the transition.

* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.

* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.

* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.

* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.

* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.

* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.

* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.

* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.

* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.

* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.

* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.

* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.

* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.

* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.

* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.

* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.

* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.

* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.

* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.

* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.

* hacer los deberes = do + homework.

* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.

* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer malabarismos = juggle.

* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.

* hacer mandados = run + errands.

* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.

* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.

* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.

* hacer más eficiente = streamline.

* hacer más estricto = tighten.

* hacer más fuerte = toughen.

* hacer más inteligente = smarten.

* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.

* hacer más preciso = tightening up.

* hacer más rico = add + richness to.

* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.

* hacer más sabroso = pep up.

* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.

* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.

* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.

* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.

* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.

* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.

* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.

* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.

* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.

* hacer necesario = render + necessary.

* hacer negocio = make + business.

* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.

* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.

* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.

* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.

* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.

* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.

* hacer nudos = knot.

* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.

* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.

* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.

* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.

* hacer ordinario = coarsen.

* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.

* hacer palmas = clap.

* hacer paradas = make + stops.

* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.

* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.

* hacer partícipe = engage.

* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.

* hacer patochadas = fool around.

* hacer payasadas = fool around.

* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.

* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.

* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.

* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.

* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.

* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.

* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.

* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.

* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.

* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.

* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.

* hacer permanente = render + permanent.

* hacer ping = ping.

* hacer pipí = pee.

* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.

* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.

* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* hacer poco = do + little.

* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].

* hacer por encargo = make to + order.

* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.

* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.

* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.

* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.

* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.

* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

* * *

hacer [ E18 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ hacer (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 crear

2 extender: cheque, factura etc

B efectuar, llevar a cabo

C formular, expresar

D con las necesidades fisiológicas

E adquirir: dinero, amigos etc

F preparar, arreglar

G

1 producir, causar

2 refiriéndose a sonidos

H recorrer

I en cálculos, enumeraciones

Sentido II

A

1 ocuparse en una actividad

2 como profesión, ocupación

3 estudiar

B

1 actuar de cierta manera

2 dar cierto uso

3 causar daño

C actuar como

D hacer una vida

E sustituyendo a otro verbo

F afectar, importar

Sentido III

A transformar en, volver

B dar apariencia de

C inducir a, ser la causa de que

D obligar a

E hacer hacer algo

F acostumbrar

G suponer, imaginar

■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 obrar, actuar

2 hacer bien, mal etc

B con las necesidades fisiológicas

C fingir, simular

D intentar, procurar

E servir

F interpretar un personaje

Sentido II

A

1 sentarle bien, mal

2 quedar, resultar

B corresponder

C no le hace

D en tercera persona: concernir

E apetecer

■ hacer (verbo impersonal)

A

1 refiriéndose al tiempo

2 familiar humorístico

B expresando el tiempo transcurrido

■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B

1 hacer para sí

2 hacer que otro haga

C causarse

D con las necesidades fisiológicas

E adquirir

Sentido II

A

1 volverse, convertirse en

2 impersonal

3 cocinarse

4 pasarle (a algn)

B resultar

C dar la impresión de

D causativo

E acostumbrarse

F fingirse

G

1 moverse

2 colocarse

H hacerse con

I hacerse de

vt

Sentido I [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

A

1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brew

les hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clothes

hacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bow

hazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the area

me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the table

le hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnant

hacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple

2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, write

me hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a check

B (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to do

estaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journey

me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited me

hicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europe

hicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stopping

me hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gift

tengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run

¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?

me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closer

hicimos un trato we did o made a deal

hago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the play

aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do

C (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to ask

nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objected

nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventures

D

(con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)

hice pis or pipí antes de salir ( fam); I had a pee before I left ( colloq)

hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toilet

E (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to make

hicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in Chile

F (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to pack

tengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunch

hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven

G

1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to make

este jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't lather

esos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funny

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet

2 (refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go

los perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'

el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes

¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?

H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do

hicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hours

I

(en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

el visitante que hacía el número mil the thousandth visitor

hace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the list

Sentido II

A

1 (ocuparse en una actividad) to do

¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?

ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?

no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complain

no hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my duty

le gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theater

están haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

deberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise

¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?

no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip

2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do

¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor

3 (estudiar) to do

hace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Law

hizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy course

hizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophy

B

1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to do

yo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the same

perdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purpose

haz lo que quieras do what you like

aquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes

¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!

haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him

¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?

no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choice

hacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed director

si le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)

la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that deal

hacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside

¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flat

hacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sb

se la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married her

soñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!

mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!

2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?

no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receipts

y el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?

3

(causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sb

no le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt you

yo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to her

no te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to me

C

( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning around

D

(llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal life

trata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy life

E

(sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be better

voy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do it

voy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do it

F

( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?

eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at all

Sentido III

A (transformar en, volver) to make

te hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my son

la hizo su mujer he made her his wife

agarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floor

hizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces

la película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famous

este hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossible

quisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possible

hacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sth

hice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cooking

hacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sb

quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you

B

(dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner

el pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look younger

C (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INF

una de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you cry

todo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happened

hizo caer al niño he knocked the child over

haga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come in

eso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the end

hacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF

¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!

esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slow

D (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INF

me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours

se lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it again

me hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open it

me hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at five

hacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INF

hizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit down

E

hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened

le hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the wedding

F (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sth

pronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of working

G

(suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Aires

tiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger

¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!

■ hacer

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with it

tú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of it

déjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?

¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?

no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salary

hacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricity

tienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everything

ya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thing

hacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes

¡no le hagas/hagan! ( Méx fam); you can't be serious!, you're joking o kidding! ( colloq)

2 (+ complemento):

hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me

haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie

mejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quiet

B

( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

hace dos días que no hace ( euf); he hasn't been for two days ( euph)

hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)

hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)

C

(fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

cuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be reading

hice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hear

hacer COMO SI + SUBJ:

haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about it

D (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INF

tienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)

tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand her

E (servir) hacer DE algo:

esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital

F (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb

siempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guy

hizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) Hamlet

Sentido II

A (+ compl)

1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):

le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit

¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!

los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill

2

( Esp) (quedar): con los cuadros hace mucho más bonito it looks much prettier with the pictures

B (corresponder) hacerle A algo to fit sth

esta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jar

esta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lock

C

no le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)

¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?

D ( en tercera persona) ( frml)

(concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your application

E

( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)

te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)

■

v impers

A

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

hace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)

nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weather

ojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather

2 ( familiar humorístico):

hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry

¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?

B

(expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years

¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago

¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?

lo leí hace poco I read it a short time ago

lo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before

¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?

hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long time

hace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw him

hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen him

hasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently

■ hacerse

v pron

Sentido I

A

(producirse): hágase la luz ( Bib) let there be light

(+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in it

si no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumps

se le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blister

hacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championship

por fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)

B

1 ( refl)

(hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothes

se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

2 ( caus)

(hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Rome

se hicieron una casita they had a little house built

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery

voy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicure

tienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmed

C

(causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger

¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?

D

(con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pants

se hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bed

¡me estoy haciendo caca! ( fam); I'm desperate (to go to the bathroom o toilet)! ( colloq)

E ( refl)

(adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion world

sólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like that

idea

Sentido II

A

1 (volverse, convertirse en) to become

se quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nun

se hizo famoso he became famous

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old

2 ( impersonal):

en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very early

vamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late

(+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him

3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cook

dejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat

4

( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) to

B

(resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again

(+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminable

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe

C (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):

se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around here

se me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

se me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be lucky

D ( causativo) hacerse + INF:

tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect you

el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming

cuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duarte

es un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help liking

se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built

hazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctor

rogar

E (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sth

no me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this country

no consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the idea

hacerse A + INF to get used TO -ING

no se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living alone

F

(fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocent

seguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn't

¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? ( fam); is this guy stupid or just a good actor? ( colloq)

no te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear me

se hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understand

yo me hice ( Méx fam); I pretended not to notice

G

1 (moverse) (+ compl):

hacerse atrás to move back

hacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move aside

hazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way

2

( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?

H hacerse con to take

el ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the city

se hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortune

tengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehow

se hicieron con la empresa they took over the company

lograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the company

no creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup

I hacerse de

( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famous

tengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some money

se han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there

* * *

Multiple Entries:
hacer
hacer algo
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
◊ me hizo un lugar en la mesa he made room for me at the table;

hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;

◊ los chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find jokes funny;

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
◊ me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit;

aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hacer to make a lot of work
b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
◊ nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections

4
a) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):

◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go;

◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;
◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

1
a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do;

◊ hacer la(s) compra(s) to do the shopping;

¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?

c) ( estudiar) to do

2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
◊ ella lo hizo posible she made it possible;

hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2
a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)

◊ hacer a algn hacer algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
b)

◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):
◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
◊ hice como que no oía I pretended not to hear;

haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):
◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
◊ tanto sol hace mal (AmL) too much sun is not good for you;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ el descanso le hizo bien the rest did him good;

la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hacer v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
◊ hace dos años que murió he's been dead for two years;

hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se me hizo un nudo en el hilo I got a knot in the thread;

se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;

◊ se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

b) ( caus) ( hacer que otro haga):

◊ se hicieron una casita they had a little house built;

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):
◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
◊ hacerse un nombre to make a name for oneself

1
a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;

◊ se hicieron amigos they became friends;

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
b) ( resultar):

◊ se hace muy pesado it gets very boring;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ se me hizo interminable it seemed interminable;

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
c) ( impers):

◊ se hace de noche muy pronto it gets dark very early;

se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
◊ no te hagas el inocente don't act the innocent;

¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
◊ hacerse a un lado to move to one side

5
◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;

( de amigos) to make
hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
' hacer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- aclarar
- acopio
- acto
- adelantar
- adelantamiento
- advertir
- alarde
- aliviar
- amagar
- amarrar
- amor
- amortizar
- ampliar
- añicos
- aplanar
- aprecio
- aprender
- aspaviento
- atonía
- autostop
- ayuno
- balance
- broma
- burla
- burrada
- cábala
- caballo
- cabronada
- caca
- cafetera
- caja
- calceta
- calentar
- callar
- calle
- calor
- cama
- capacitar
- capaz
- caso
- castigar
- castillo
- chantaje
- colar
- colada
- colecta
- comecome
- comentar
- como
English:
abort
- abstain
- abuse
- accent
- accentuate
- accepted
- accustom
- act
- advance
- advertise
- afraid
- again
- agitate
- agree
- aim at
- aim to
- air
- all-out
- amenable
- antsy
- apart
- appearance
- arm-twisting
- as
- assert
- attempt
- audition
- authorize
- backup
- bake
- balance
- bandy about
- bed
- begin
- blast
- blind
- blueberry
- blur
- boil
- bonk
- boohoo
- book in
- bounce
- bring in
- bubble
- budget
- bulldoze
- bully
- bundle
- burp

* * *

hacer

♦ vt

1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;

hacer una fiesta to have a party;

hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;

hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;

hacer un nudo to tie a knot;

los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;

haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;
Fam
tu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;

Comp
Fam
¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!

2. [construir] to build;

han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building

3. [generar] to produce;

el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;

la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road

4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;

le hice señas I signalled to her;

hizo un gesto de aprobación con la cabeza she nodded her approval;

el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;

el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;

hacer ruido to make a noise

5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;
[retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take
6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;
[viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;
hacer una entrevista to do an interview;

hacer una entrevista a alguien to interview sb;

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;

hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;

estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;

hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering

7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;

¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;
CSur Fam
y mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;

¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;
Fam
haz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;

¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;

¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;

8. [practicar] [en general] to do;
[tenis, fútbol] to play;
debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport

9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;
[cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim
10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;

este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fat

11. [transformar en]
hacer a alguien feliz to make sb happy;

la guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;

hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;

hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;

hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of her

12. [comportarse como]
hacer el tonto to act the fool;

hacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;

hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneself

13. [causar]
hacer daño a alguien to hurt sb;

me hizo gracia I thought it was funny;

un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;
Am
esos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me

14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;
[obra] to do, to perform;
hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;

hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays

15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;

a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;

te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were younger

16. [ser causa de]
hacer que alguien haga algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo reír it made me laugh;

has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;

haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;

la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called off

17. [mandar]
hacer que se haga algo to have sth done;

voy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;

la hizo callarse he made her shut up

18. [acostumbrar]
la prisión lo hizo a la soledad prison made o got him used to being alone

19. [cumplir]
hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week

20. [completar] to make;

tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;

y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;

hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list

21. [conseguir] to make;

hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;

hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia

22. [recorrer] to do;

¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;

hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day

23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;
Euf
tengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;
Fam
los niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee

24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;

se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;

ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to

♦ vi

1. [intervenir, actuar]
déjame hacer (a mí) let me do it;

Comp

ser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company

2.
hacer de [trabajar] to work as;
[servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;
hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;

este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;

hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixote

3. [aparentar]
hacer como si to act as if;

haz como que no te importa act as if you don't care

4. [procurar, intentar]
hacer por hacer algo to try to do sth;

haré por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonight

5. [proceder]
haces mal en callarte it's wrong of you not to say anything;

hizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;

¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?

6. Esp Fam [apetecer]
¿hace un vaso de vino? would you like o Br do you fancy a glass of wine?

7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]
¿hiciste? have you done anything?;

preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out

8. Méx Fam
hacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;

me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for me

9. Méx Fam
hacerle a [profesión] to do;

por las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressing

10. Méx Fam
hacerle a [droga] to do;

ese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does coke

11. Méx Fam
hacerle a [aparentar] to pretend to be;

le hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;

dile que no le haga al cuento tell him to stop Br spinning me a line o US jerking me around

12. Méx Fam
no le hagas [exclamación] come off it!, Br do me a favour!, US give me a break!;

perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!

13. Méx, RP
no le hace [no importa] it doesn't matter;

no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;

¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!

♦ v impersonal

1. [tiempo meteorológico]
hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;

hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;

mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrow

2. [tiempo transcurrido]
hace diez años ten years ago;

hace mucho a long time ago;

hace poco not long ago;

hace un rato a short while ago;

hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;

no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;

¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?

♦ See also the pronominal verb hacerse

* * *

hacer

<part hecho>

I v/t

1 ( realizar) do;

¡haz algo! do something!;

hacer una pregunta ask a question;

tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;

no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;

no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;

se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;

¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!

2 ( elaborar, crear) make;

hacer la comida make o cook a meal;

hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen

3 ( obligar a)

:

hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;

le hicieron ir they made him go

4 ( cumplir)

:

hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday

5 ( equivaler a)

:

esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter

6

:

¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s life

II v/i

1

:

haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going

2 ( sentar)

:

me hace mal it’s making me ill

3 ( servir de)

:

esto hará de mesa de objeto this will do as a table

4 ( fingir)

:

hacer como que o

como si act as if

5 L.Am.

no le hace it doesn’t matter

6 L.Am. ( parecer)

:

se me hace que it seems to me that

7 ( apetecer)

:

¿hace? fam does that sound good?

8

:

hacer de malo TEA play the villain

III v/ impers

:

hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;

hace tres días three days ago;

hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;

desde hace un año for a year

* * *

hacer {40} vt

1) : to make

2) : to do, to perform

3) : to force, to oblige

los hice esperar: I made them wait

hacer vi

: to act

haces bien: you're doing the right thing

hacer v impers

1) (referring to weather)

hacer frío: to be cold

hace viento: it's windy

2)

hace : ago

hace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time

3)

no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference

4)

hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed

♦ See also the reflexive verb hacerse

* * *

hacer vb

1. (crear, fabricar, conseguir) to make [pt. & pp. made]

Dios hizo al hombre God made man

voy a hacer la comida I'm going to make lunch

¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?

no hagas tanto ruido don't make so much noise

hizo mucho dinero he made a lot of money

ocho y tres hacen once eight and three make eleven

la película me hizo llorar the film made me cry

2. (una actividad, trabajo) to do [pt. did; pp. done]

¿qué haces? what are you doing?

¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?

¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?

nos han mandado hacer un trabajo sobre Lorca we've got to do an essay on Lorca

¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?

está haciendo un curso de informática he's doing a computer course

¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?

3. (tiempo meteorológico) to be

hace calor it's hot

hace sol it's sunny

hace buen tiempo the weather is good

4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...

la barba te hace mayor your beard makes you look older

ese pantalón te hace más delgada those trousers make you look slimmer

5. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

hacía más joven a tu hermano I thought your brother was younger

6. (aparentar) to pretend

haz como que no lo sabías pretend you didn't know

hace que trabaja he pretends to work

7. (cumplir años) to be

mañana haré 18 años I'll be 18 tomorrow

8. (poner) to show [pt. showed; pp. shown] / to be on

esta noche hacen una película buena there's a good film on tonight

hace (acción acabada) ago (acción que continúa) for

hace una semana a week ago

mi abuelo murió hace cinco años my grandfather died five years ago

hace años que no la veo I haven't seen her for years

vivo aquí desde hace un año I've been living here for a year

¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?

hacer bien to be right

haces bien en quejarte you're right to complain

hacer daño to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]

hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about

hacer la maleta to pack

hacer señas to signal [pt. & pp. signalled]

hacer un dibujo to draw a picture [pt. drew; pp. drawn]

hacer un nudo to tie a knot

hacer un papel to play a part

hacer un viaje to go on a trip

hacer una casa to build a house [pt. & pp. built]

hacer una foto to take a photo [pt. took; pp. taken]

hacer una pregunta to ask a question

hacer una redacción to write an essay [pt. wrote; pp. written]

hacer una visita to visit

Spanish-English dictionary > hacer
62 tener

v.

1 to have.

tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother

tener fiebre to have a temperature

tuvieron una pelea they had a fight

tener un niño to have a baby

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August

Yo tengo una casa I have a house.

El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.

Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.

Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.

Tengo un primo I have a cousin,

Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.

Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.

Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.

Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.

2 to be.

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tiene diez años she's ten (years old)

tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years (Am)

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid

tener mal humor to be bad-tempered

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her

3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).

tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise

4 to hold.

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle

Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.

5 to offer, to have.

* * *

TENER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.

Past Indicative

tuve, tuviste, tuvo, tuvimos, tuvisteis, tuvieron.

Future Indicative

tendré, tendrás, tendrá, tendremos, tendréis, tendrán.

Conditional

tendría, tendrías, tendría, tendríamos, tendríais, tendrían.

Present Subjunctive

tenga, tengas, tenga, tengamos, tengáis, tengan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

tuviera, tuvieras, tuviera, tuviéramos, tuvierais, tuvieran;

tuviese, tuvieses, tuviese, tuviésemos, tuvieseis, tuviesen.

Future Subjunctive

tuviere, tuvieres, tuviere, tuviéremos, tuviereis, tuvieren.

Imperative

ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to have

2) hold

3) own, possess

4) feel

•

- tener en cuenta
- tener que
- tenerse por
* * *
Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

tenía una sonrisa preciosa — she had a lovely smile

tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

tenía el pelo mojado — his hair was wet

3) [referido a edad] to be

tiene siete años — he's seven (years old)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

al menos debe de tener 55 años — she must be at least 55

4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

mañana tengo una fiesta — I'm going to a party tomorrow

5) (=parir) to have

va a tener un niño — she's going to have a baby

6) (=medir) to be

tener 5cm de ancho — to be 5cm wide

7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

no tengas tantos celos — don't be so jealous

hemos tenido mucho miedo — we have been very frightened

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

he tenido un presentimiento — I've had a premonition

8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

han tenido un accidente — they have had an accident

hemos tenido muchas dificultades — we have had a lot of difficulties

Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

9) (=sostener) to hold

tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

10) (=recibir) to have

aún no he tenido carta — I haven't had a letter yet

¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

11) (=pensar, considerar)

• tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

• tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

• tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

le tengo por poco honrado — I consider him (to be) rather dishonest

• ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

13) [locuciones]

ya saben dónde me tienen — you always know where you can find me

• ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

• tener algo [de] + adj —

de bueno no tiene nada — there's nothing good about it

no tiene nada de particular — it's nothing special

¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

• tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

• tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

- ¿conque esas tenemos?

- no tenerlas todas consigo

no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

- tener todas las de ganar

- tener todas las de perder

- quien tuvo retuvo

2. VERBO AUXILIAR

1) tener que ({+ infin})

a) [indicando obligación]

tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

tuvo que devolver todo el dinero — he had to pay all the money back

tiene que ser así — it has to be this way

b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

tiene que estar en tu despacho — it must be in your office

tiene que haberte dolido mucho — it must have hurt a lot

c) [en reproches]

¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]

tendrías que comer más — you should eat more

tendríamos que pedirle perdón — we should apologize to him

2) + participio

tenía puesto el sombrero — he had his hat on

nos tenían preparada una sorpresa — they had prepared a surprise for us

tenía pensado llamarte — I had been thinking of phoning you

te lo tengo dicho muchas veces — I've told you hundreds of times

yo no le tengo visto — I've never set eyes on him

3) + adj

procura tener contentos a todos — he tries to keep everybody happy

me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

4) esp Méx (=llevar)

tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

tengo cuatro años aquí — I've been here for four years

3.

See:

tenerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

----

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun

* * *

tener [ E27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ tener (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A poseer, disponer de

B

1 llevar encima

2 llevar puesto

C actividades, obligaciones

D

1 señalando características

2 expresando edad

3 con idea de posibilidad

E dar a luz

Sentido II

A sujetar, sostener

B tomar

Sentido III

A recibir

B

1 sentir

2 refiriéndose a síntomas

3 refiriéndose a sucesos

C refiriéndose a actitudes

Sentido IV

A indicando estado, situación

B tener algo/a alguien por algo

■ tener (verbo auxiliar)

Sentido I

A

1 tener que: obligación

2 tener que: propósito

B tener que: certeza

Sentido II

A con participio pasado

B en expresiones de tiempo

■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)

A sostenerse

B tenerse por algo

vt

[El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']

Sentido I

A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have

ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one

¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?

tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary

no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives

no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money

no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like

aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit

¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?

¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?

no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure

tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)

tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)

B

1 (llevar encima) to have

¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?

no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)

¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?

2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on

¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!

C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight

los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays

tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner

tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron

D

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair

tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave

tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing

tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults

la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide

¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?

tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father

tener algo DE algo:

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?

2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)

tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father

el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old

3

(con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair

el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble

E (dar a luz) to have

tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby

Sentido II

A (sujetar, sostener) to hold

sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you

¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?

tenlo derecho hold it upright

B

(tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key

Sentido III

A (recibir) to have

hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received

tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her

B

1

(sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house

tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …

¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?

2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache

¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?

está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him

3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have

tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer

tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream

que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him

C

(refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful

tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me

tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went

bien² adv G. (↑ bien (2))

Sentido IV

A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):

el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty

la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken

tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty

tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed

tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone

lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away

ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already

la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time

lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb

eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that

me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon

nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour

a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick

¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?

B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:

se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country

lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon

siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy

ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it

■

v aux

Sentido I

A

1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:

tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today

tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin

no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button

no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations

no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much

tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this

2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:

tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie

tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise

tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good

B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:

tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer

tiene que haber sido él it must have been him

tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?

ver² vt I. (↑ ver (2))

Sentido II

A

(con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?

ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out

tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow

tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up

B

( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years

tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years

■ tenerse

v pron

A

(sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand

tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)

B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:

se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent

* * *

Multiple Entries:
tener
tener algo
tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
1
a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have;

◊ ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?;

no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio› to have;

◊ ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

◊ tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos› to have

2
a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;

◊ la casa tiene mucha luz the house is very light;

tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
b) ( señalando edad) to be;

◊ ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
3
a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;

◊ tenlo derecho hold it upright

b) ( tomar):

◊ ten la llave take o here's the key

4
a) ( sentir):

◊ tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer› to have;

◊ tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente› to have;

◊ que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):
◊ ten más respeto have a little more respect;

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
6 (indicando estado, situación):
◊ la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken;

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
tener v aux
1 tener que hacer algo
a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

◊ tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):

◊ tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie;

tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him
c) ( expresando certeza):

◊ tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer;

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
2 ( con participio pasado):
◊ tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):
◊ tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years;

tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):
◊ no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand;

no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
tener
I verbo transitivo
1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
(ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
(medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

' tener' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrigar
- abuela
- abundar
- acarrear
- accidente
- acostumbrar
- admirar
- adolecer
- agobiarse
- añorar
- antena
- apetecer
- apremiar
- aptitud
- arcada
- arte
- banco
- bombera
- bombero
- burbuja
- cabida
- cabronada
- cacao
- caer
- cagalera
- calor
- cantar
- capaz
- carácter
- carrete
- celebrarse
- céntimo
- certeza
- certidumbre
- ciega
- ciego
- conciencia
- conllevar
- consecuencia
- constar
- contingente
- corazón
- correa
- correrse
- cosa
- cosquillas
- costar
- creer
- cruda
- crudo
English:
access
- accommodate
- act
- add up
- afraid
- agree
- aim to
- allow for
- allowance
- approve of
- around
- associate
- attached
- augment
- authoritarian
- ax
- axe
- barrel
- be
- bear
- bear with
- bearing
- begrudge
- believe in
- belong
- beware
- boast
- bone
- boomerang
- breathing space
- broody
- brush
- butterfly
- calculate
- careful
- celebrate
- clash
- clever
- come off
- command
- connected
- conscience
- consider
- consideration
- count
- crash
- date
- daunt
- debt
- depend

* * *

tener

♦ vt

1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;

no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;

¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;

¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;

tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;

tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;

muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;

el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;

¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;

¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;

tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;

tener un niño to have a baby;

no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
RP Fam
tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;

Comp

¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;

Comp

no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;

Comp
muy Fam
tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;

Prov

tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own

2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;

tener fiebre to have a temperature;

tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;

doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;

no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;

tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;

mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;

no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;

tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves

3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
Am
tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;

tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;

tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;

tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;

me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;

tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying

4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;

tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;

tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;

me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;

eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;

esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;

un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;

nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;

me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;

nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;

la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant

5. [sujetar] to hold;

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;

¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;

ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high

6. [tomar]
ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;

¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;

ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer

7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;

tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;

el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;

tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;

tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;

tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;

tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed

8. [valorar, estimar]
tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;

me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
Formal
tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;

les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…

9. [guardar, contener] to keep;

¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;

¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;

la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;

esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account

10. RP Fam
tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;

¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;

¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;

¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!

♦ v aux

1. [antes de participio] [haber]
teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;

¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;

te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;

tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married

2.
tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;

tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;

¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;

tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;

tiene que ser así it has to be this way;

tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;

teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;

no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;

si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;

no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to

3.
tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;

tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;

tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;

tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking

4.
tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;

las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;

tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;

tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else

5.
tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;

actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;

se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;

¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;

no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;

lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;

aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;

¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;

es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;

tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;

dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;

¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?

♦ See also the pronominal verb tenerse

* * *

tener

v/t

1 have;

tener 10 años be 10 (years old);

tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length

2

:

ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy

3

:

tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth

4

:

tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;

tuve que madrugar I had to get up early

5

:

conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;

no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;

no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;

eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous

* * *

tener {80} vt

1) : to have

tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes

tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do

tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old

tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long

2) : to hold

ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment

3) : to feel, to make

tengo frío: I'm cold

eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy

4)

tener por : to think, to consider

me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy

tener v aux

1)

tener que : to have to

tengo que salir: I have to leave

tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here

2) (with past participle)

tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you

♦ See also the reflexive verb tenerse

* * *

tener vb

1. (en general) to have

¿tienes hermanos? have you any brothers or sisters?

tiene el pelo largo she has long hair

tenía dolor de cabeza I had a headache

tuve un sueño I had a dream

En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?

2. (edad, tamaño) to be

tiene quince años she's fifteen years old

la habitación tiene cuatro metros de largo the room is four metres long

Muchas veces se utiliza el verbo to be y el sustantivo se traduce con un adjetivo

tengo calor I'm hot

tengo hambre I'm hungry

tengo miedo I'm afraid

tengo sed I'm thirsty

aquí tienes here you are

tener pensado hacer algo to intend doing something

tener que to have to

tengo que ir a trabajar I have to go to work

tienes que estudiar más you have to study more

tener que ver to have to do with / to concern

no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

Spanish-English dictionary > tener
63 Cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum
64 cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cum
65 Cum2

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum2
66 put

put
present participle - putting; verb

1) (to place in a certain position or situation: He put the plate in the cupboard; Did you put any sugar in my coffee?; He put his arm round her; I'm putting a new lock on the door; You're putting too much strain on that rope; When did the Russians first put a man into space?; You've put me in a bad temper; Can you put (=translate) this sentence into French?) poner, colocar

2) (to submit or present (a proposal, question etc): I put several questions to him; She put her ideas before the committee.) presentar

3) (to express in words: He put his refusal very politely; Children sometimes have such a funny way of putting things!) expresar

4) (to write down: I'm trying to write a letter to her, but I don't know what to put.) poner; escribir

5) (to sail in a particular direction: We put out to sea; The ship put into harbour for repairs.) echar al mar

•

- put-on
- a put-up job
- put about
- put across/over
- put aside
- put away
- put back
- put by
- put down
- put down for
- put one's feet up
- put forth
- put in
- put in for
- put off
- put on
- put out
- put through
- put together
- put up
- put up to
- put up with

put vb

1. poner / colocar

she put the money on the table puso el dinero sobre la mesa

2. meter

he put his hand in his pocket metió la mano en el bolsillo

El pasado y participio pasado de put es put; el gerundio se escribe putting

put

tr[pʊt]

transitive verb (pt & pp put, ger putting)

1 (gen) poner; (place) colocar; (add) echar, añadir; (place inside) meter, poner

■ where did you put the matches? ¿dónde has puesto las cerillas?

■ she put the vase on the table puso el florero en la mesa

■ don't put too much salt in it no le eches demasiada sal

■ I put the letter in the envelope metí la carta en el sobre

■ she put her arms round him lo abrazó

■ Fred put his head round the door Fred asomó la cabeza por la puerta

2 (write, mark) poner, apuntar, escribir

■ what did you put for number six? ¿qué pusiste en el número seis?

3 (cause to be) poner

■ this puts me in a difficult position esto me pone en una situación difícil

■ he put other people's lives in danger puso la vida de otras personas en peligro

■ what's put you in such a bad mood ¿qué te ha puesto de tan mal humor?

4 (rate, classify) poner

■ I'd put him among the top ten cyclists yo lo pondría entre los diez mejores ciclistas

■ she puts her family before her job antepone su familia al trabajo

5 (express) expresar, decir

■ how shall I put it? ¿cómo te lo diría?

■ you put that very well lo has expresado muy bien

6 (calculate, estimate) calcular

■ I'd put the cost at 100 pounds yo diría que cuesta 100 libras

■ she put his age at 50 le echó 50 años

7 SMALLSPORT/SMALL (shot) lanzar

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

to be hard put to do something serle difícil a uno hacer algo

to not know where to put oneself no saber dónde ponerse, no saber dónde esconderse

to put an end to something acabar con algo, poner fin a algo

to put in a good word for somebody recomendar a alguien

to not put it past somebody (to do something) creer a alguien muy capaz (de hacer algo)

to put one over on somebody engañar a alguien

to put paid to something estropear algo

to put something right arreglar algo

to put somebody on the train, plane, etc acompañar a alguien al tren, al avión, etc

to put somebody to bed acostar a alguien

to put somebody to death ejecutar a alguien

to put somebody up to something incitar a alguien a hacer algo

to put something out to contract subcontratar algo

to put something to good use hacer buen uso de algo

to put the blame on somebody echar la culpa a alguien

to put two and two together atar cabos

to put something up for sale poner algo en venta

to stay put quedarse quieto,-a

put ['pʊt] v, put ; putting vt

1) place: poner, colocar

put it on the table: ponlo en la mesa

2) insert: meter

3) (indicating causation of a state or feeling) : poner

it put her in a good mood: la puso de buen humor

to put into effect: poner en práctica

4) impose: imponer

they put a tax on it: lo gravaron con un impuesto

5) subject: someter, poner

to put to the test: poner a prueba

to put to death: ejecutar

6) express: expresar, decir

he put it simply: lo dijo sencillamente

7) apply: aplicar

to put one's mind to something: proponerse hacer algo

8) set: poner

I put him to work: lo puse a trabajar

9) attach: dar

to put a high value on: dar gran valor a

10) present: presentar, exponer

to put a question to someone: hacer una pregunta a alguien

put vi

1)

to put to sea : hacerse a la mar

2)

to put up with : aguantar, soportar

put

adj.

• puesto, -a adj.

pret., p.p.

(Preterito definido y participio pasivo de "to put")

• colocar v.

v.

(§ p.,p.p.: put) = lanzar v.

• meter v.

• poner v.

(§pres: pongo, pones...) pret: pus-

pp: puesto

fut/c: pondr-•)

• situar v.

pʊt
1.

1) (pres p putting; past & past p put) transitive verb

Sense I

2)

a) ( place) poner*; (with care, precision etc) colocar*, poner*; ( inside something) meter, poner*

to put something in the oven — poner* or meter algo en el horno

did you put salt in it? — ¿le pusiste or le echaste sal?

he put it in his mouth — se lo puso en la boca

I put myself on the list — me apunté or me puse en la lista

put yourself in my place — ponte en mi lugar

she put the bottle to her lips — se llevó la botella a los labios

I put her on the train — la acompañé hasta el tren

not to know where to put oneself o (AmE also) one's face (colloq) — no saber* dónde ponerse or meterse

to put something behind one — olvidar or superar algo

b) (install, fit) poner*

we put a shower in the bathroom — pusimos una ducha en el baño

3)

a) ( thrust)

he put his arms around her — la abrazó

she put her head around the door/out of the window — asomó la cabeza por la puerta/por la ventana

b) (send, propel)

he put the ball into the net — lanzó la pelota a la red

c) ( Sport)

to put the shot — lanzar* el peso

4)

a) ( rank) poner*

she puts herself first — se pone ella primero or en primer lugar

to put something above/before something: I put honesty above all other virtues para mí la honestidad está por encima de todas las demás virtudes or por encima de todo; he puts his art before everything else — antepone su arte a todo

b) (in competition, league)

this victory puts them in o into the lead — con esta victoria pasan a ocupar la delantera

c) ( estimate)

he puts the cost somewhat higher — calcula que el costo sería algo mayor

to put something at something: I'd put the figure at closer to $40,000 — yo diría que la cifra es más cercana a los 40.000 dólares

Sense II

5) ( cause to be) poner*

the doctor put me on a diet — el doctor me puso a régimen

it's not easy to put it into English — no es fácil traducirlo al inglés

to put something to good use — \<\<time/ability/object\>\> hacer* buen uso de algo

6) (make undergo, cause to do)

to put somebody to something: I don't want to put you to any trouble no quiero causarle ninguna molestia; I put her to work — la puse a trabajar; death, shame I 1), test I 1) b) etc

Sense III

7)

a) (attribute, assign)

to put something on something: I couldn't put a price on it no sabría decir cuánto vale; I put a high value on our friendship — valoro mucho nuestra amistad

b) ( impose)

to put something on something/somebody: they put a special duty on these goods gravaron estos artículos con un impuesto especial; to put the blame on somebody echarle la culpa a algn, culpar a algn; it put a great strain on their relationship — eso sometió su relación a una gran tensión

8)

a) (instill, infect)

to put something in(to) something: who put that idea into your head? — ¿quién te metió esa idea en la cabeza?

b) ( cause to have)

to put something in(to) something: the fresh air put some color into his cheeks — el aire fresco les dio un poco de color a sus mejillas

9)

a) ( invest)

to put something into something — \<\<money\>\> invertir* algo en algo

I've put a lot of time into it — le he dedicado mucho tiempo

she had put a lot of thought into it — lo había pensado mucho

b) (bet, stake)

to put something on something — \<\<money\>\> apostar* or jugarse* algo a algo

c) ( contribute)

to put something toward something — contribuir* con algo a algo, poner* algo para algo

10) (fix, repose)

to put something in something/somebody: I put my trust in you puse or (liter) deposité mi confianza en ti; I don't put much faith in conventional medicine — no le tengo mucha fe a la medicina convencional

Sense IV

11) ( present) \<\<views/case\>\> exponer*, presentar; \<\<proposal\>\> presentar

to put something to somebody: to put a question to somebody hacerle* una pregunta a algn; the employers' offer will be put to a mass meeting la oferta de la patronal será sometida a votación en una asamblea; I put it to you that... — (frml) mi opinión es que...

12) (write, indicate, mark) poner*

what shall I put? — ¿qué pongo?

she put a line through the word — tachó la palabra

13) ( express) decir*

how shall I put it? — cómo te diría?

(let me) put it this way: I wouldn't invite him again — te digo lo siguiente: no lo volvería a invitar

to put something well/badly — expresar algo bien/mal

2.

put vi ( Naut)

to put to sea — hacerse* a la mar, zarpar

Phrasal Verbs:

- put about

- put across

- put aside

- put away

- put back

- put by

- put down

- put forward

- put in

- put off

- put on

- put out

- put over

- put past

- put through

- put together

- put under

- put up

- put up to

- put up with

[pʊt] (pt, pp put)
1. TRANSITIVE VERB
For set combinations consisting of put + noun, eg put a price on, put a strain on, put an end to, put at risk, put out of business, put in touch with look up the noun. For put + adverb/preposition combinations, see also phrasal verbs.
1) (=place, thrust)

a) (physically) poner; (with precision) colocar; (=insert) meter, introducir more frm; (=leave) dejar

• I put a serviette by each plate — puse or coloqué una servilleta junto a cada plato

• put it in the drawer — ponlo en el cajón

she put the chairs in a circle — puso or colocó las sillas en círculo

shall I put milk in your coffee? — ¿te pongo leche en el café?

you haven't put any salt in it — no le has puesto nada de sal

to put an advertisement in the paper — poner un anuncio en el periódico

he put a coin in the slot — puso or metió or more frm introdujo una moneda en la ranura

he put the letter in his pocket — se metió la carta en el bolsillo

he put the ball in the net — metió el balón en la red

to put sb in a home — ingresar a algn en una residencia

you should put your money in a bank — deberías poner or more frm depositar el dinero en un banco

• I put a sheet of paper into the typewriter — puse or coloqué una hoja de papel en la máquina de escribir

I put my hand into the sack — metí la mano en el saco

• he put his keys on the table — puso or dejó las llaves en la mesa

I put some more coal on the fire — puse or eché más carbón en el fuego

she put her head on my shoulder — apoyó or recostó la cabeza en mi hombro

my brother put me on the train — mi hermano me dejó en el tren

to put a button on a shirt — coser un botón en una camisa

• she put her head out of the window — asomó la cabeza por la ventana

• he put his hand over his mouth — se tapó la boca con la mano, se puso la mano en la boca

• he put his head round the door — asomó la cabeza por la puerta

• put it there! * — (handshake) ¡chócala! *

• I put my fist through the window — rompí la ventana con el puño

she put a bullet through his head — le metió una bala por la cabeza

• he put the shell to his ear — se puso or se acercó la concha al oído

- put yourself in my place

- I didn't know where to put myself
bed 1., 1), flight II, stay I, 1., 1), a)
b) (with abstract nouns)
Some put + noun combinations require a more specific Spanish verb. For very set combinations look up the noun.
• the syllabus puts a lot of emphasis on languages — el programa (de estudios) hace or pone mucho énfasis en los idiomas

• I wouldn't put any faith in what he says — yo no creería lo que dice, yo no tendría ninguna confianza en lo que dice

• you can put that idea out of your head — ya te puedes quitar esa idea de la cabeza

• this puts the responsibility on drivers to be aware of the law — esto responsabiliza a los conductores de estar enterados de la ley
blame 1., figure 1., 6), trust 1., 1), tax 1., 1)
2) (=cause to be) poner

• to put sb in a good/bad mood — poner a algn de buen/mal humor

this puts me in a very awkward position — esto me pone or deja en una situación muy difícil

his win today puts him in second place overall — la victoria de hoy le pone or coloca en segunda posición en la clasificación general

to put sb in charge of sth — poner a algn a cargo de algo

• to put sb on a diet — poner a algn a dieta or a régimen

the doctor has put me on antibiotics — el doctor me ha recetado antibióticos

3) (=cause to undertake)

• to put sb to sth: it put us to a lot of extra expense — nos supuso muchos gastos adicionales

• I don't want to put you to any trouble — no quiero causarte ninguna molestia

• she put him to work immediately — lo puso a trabajar en seguida

4) (=express) decir

I don't quite know how to put this — la verdad, no sé cómo decir esto

you can put all that in two words — todo eso se puede decir en dos palabras

• as Shakespeare puts it — como dice Shakespeare

• to put it bluntly — para decirlo claramente, hablando en plata *

• I find it hard to put into words — me resulta difícil expresarlo con palabras

to put sth into French — traducir algo al francés

• how shall I put it? — ¿cómo lo diría?

let me put it this way... — digámoslo de esta manera..., por decirlo de alguna manera...

to put it another way, it'll save you three hours — por decirlo de otra manera, te ahorrará tres horas

try putting it another way — trata de decirlo de otra manera

• to put it simply — para decirlo sencillamente

5) (=write) poner, escribir

what do you want me to put? — ¿qué quieres que ponga or escriba?

put your name at the top of the paper — ponga or escriba su nombre en la parte superior del papel

put the title in capital letters — pon or escribe el título en letras mayúsculas

to put sth in writing — poner algo por escrito

• I've put you on the waiting list — le he puesto en la lista de espera

put it on my account — (Comm) cárguelo a mi cuenta

• he put a line through the offending paragraph — tachó el párrafo controvertido

• to put one's signature to sth — firmar algo

6) (=invest) invertir

• to put money into a company — invertir dinero en una compañía

he put all his savings into the project — invirtió todos sus ahorros en el proyecto

I put most of the money into shares — invertí la mayor parte del dinero en acciones

I've put a lot of time and effort into this — he invertido un montón de tiempo y esfuerzo en esto, le he dedicado a esto mucho tiempo y esfuerzo

she has put a lot into the relationship — se ha esforzado mucho en su relación

"I'm not getting much out of this course" - "well, you're not putting much into it, are you?" — -no estoy sacando mucho de este curso -tampoco es que te estés esforzando mucho, ¿no?

7) (=contribute)

• to put sth towards sth — contribuir (con) algo hacia algo

I'll pay for the bike but you'll have to put something towards it — yo pagaré la bici pero tú tienes que contribuir con algo

I'm going to put the money towards a holiday — voy a poner or guardar el dinero para unas vacaciones

8) (=expound, submit) [+ views] expresar, exponer

this will give people an opportunity to put their views — esto dará a la gente la oportunidad de expresar or exponer sus puntos de vista

he puts the case for a change in the law — plantea or expone argumentos a favor de un cambio en la ley

she puts a convincing case — presenta or da argumentos convincentes

• the proposal was put before Parliament — la propuesta se presentó ante el parlamento

• to put sth to sb, how will you put it to him? — ¿cómo se lo vas a decir or comunicar?

put it to him gently — díselo suavemente

I put it to you that... — les sugiero que...

to put a question to sb — hacer una pregunta a algn

the chairman put the proposal to the committee — el presidente sometió la propuesta a votación en el comité

we shall have to put it to our members — tendremos que someterlo a la votación de nuestros miembros

9) (=estimate)

• they put the loss at around £50,000 — calcularon or valoraron las pérdidas en unas 50.000 libras

his fortune is put at 3 billion — se calcula or valora su fortuna en 3 billones

the number of dead was put at 6,000 — se calculó or estimó el número de muertos en 6.000

I would put him at 40 — diría que tiene unos 40 años

• some put the figure as high as 20,000 — algunos estiman que la cifra llega hasta 20.000

10) (=rank)

• he put himself above the law — creía estar por encima de la ley

• I wouldn't put him among the greatest poets — yo no le pondría entre los más grandes poetas

• we should never put money before happiness — no deberíamos nunca anteponer el dinero a la felicidad

I put the needs of my children before anything else — para mí las necesidades de mis hijos van por delante de todo lo demás or son más importantes que todo lo demás

• she has always put her career first — para ella su carrera siempre ha sido lo primero

11) (=set)

• she put my brother against me — puso a mi hermano en contra mía

• to put a watch to the right time — poner un reloj en hora

to put the words to music — poner música a la letra

12) (=throw)

• to put the shot — (Sport) lanzar el peso

13) (St Ex) (=offer to sell) [+ stock, security] declararse vendedor de

14) (=bet)
see put on
2.

INTRANSITIVE VERB
(Naut)
• to put into port — entrar a puerto

the ship put into Southampton — el barco entró a or en Southampton

• to put to sea — hacerse a la mar

3.

COMPOUND

put option N — (St Ex) opción f de venta a precio fijado

- put about

- put across

- put aside

- put away

- put back

- put back on

- put behind

- put by

- put down

- put down as

- put down to

- put forth

- put forward

- put in

- put in for

- put off

- put on

- put onto

- put out

- put over

- put through

- put together

- put up

- put upon

- put up to

- put up with

* * *
[pʊt]
1.

1) (pres p putting; past & past p put) transitive verb

Sense I

2)

a) ( place) poner*; (with care, precision etc) colocar*, poner*; ( inside something) meter, poner*

to put something in the oven — poner* or meter algo en el horno

did you put salt in it? — ¿le pusiste or le echaste sal?

he put it in his mouth — se lo puso en la boca

I put myself on the list — me apunté or me puse en la lista

put yourself in my place — ponte en mi lugar

she put the bottle to her lips — se llevó la botella a los labios

I put her on the train — la acompañé hasta el tren

not to know where to put oneself o (AmE also) one's face (colloq) — no saber* dónde ponerse or meterse

to put something behind one — olvidar or superar algo

b) (install, fit) poner*

we put a shower in the bathroom — pusimos una ducha en el baño

3)

a) ( thrust)

he put his arms around her — la abrazó

she put her head around the door/out of the window — asomó la cabeza por la puerta/por la ventana

b) (send, propel)

he put the ball into the net — lanzó la pelota a la red

c) ( Sport)

to put the shot — lanzar* el peso

4)

a) ( rank) poner*

she puts herself first — se pone ella primero or en primer lugar

to put something above/before something: I put honesty above all other virtues para mí la honestidad está por encima de todas las demás virtudes or por encima de todo; he puts his art before everything else — antepone su arte a todo

b) (in competition, league)

this victory puts them in o into the lead — con esta victoria pasan a ocupar la delantera

c) ( estimate)

he puts the cost somewhat higher — calcula que el costo sería algo mayor

to put something at something: I'd put the figure at closer to $40,000 — yo diría que la cifra es más cercana a los 40.000 dólares

Sense II

5) ( cause to be) poner*

the doctor put me on a diet — el doctor me puso a régimen

it's not easy to put it into English — no es fácil traducirlo al inglés

to put something to good use — \<\<time/ability/object\>\> hacer* buen uso de algo

6) (make undergo, cause to do)

to put somebody to something: I don't want to put you to any trouble no quiero causarle ninguna molestia; I put her to work — la puse a trabajar; death, shame I 1), test I 1) b) etc

Sense III

7)

a) (attribute, assign)

to put something on something: I couldn't put a price on it no sabría decir cuánto vale; I put a high value on our friendship — valoro mucho nuestra amistad

b) ( impose)

to put something on something/somebody: they put a special duty on these goods gravaron estos artículos con un impuesto especial; to put the blame on somebody echarle la culpa a algn, culpar a algn; it put a great strain on their relationship — eso sometió su relación a una gran tensión

8)

a) (instill, infect)

to put something in(to) something: who put that idea into your head? — ¿quién te metió esa idea en la cabeza?

b) ( cause to have)

to put something in(to) something: the fresh air put some color into his cheeks — el aire fresco les dio un poco de color a sus mejillas

9)

a) ( invest)

to put something into something — \<\<money\>\> invertir* algo en algo

I've put a lot of time into it — le he dedicado mucho tiempo

she had put a lot of thought into it — lo había pensado mucho

b) (bet, stake)

to put something on something — \<\<money\>\> apostar* or jugarse* algo a algo

c) ( contribute)

to put something toward something — contribuir* con algo a algo, poner* algo para algo

10) (fix, repose)

to put something in something/somebody: I put my trust in you puse or (liter) deposité mi confianza en ti; I don't put much faith in conventional medicine — no le tengo mucha fe a la medicina convencional

Sense IV

11) ( present) \<\<views/case\>\> exponer*, presentar; \<\<proposal\>\> presentar

to put something to somebody: to put a question to somebody hacerle* una pregunta a algn; the employers' offer will be put to a mass meeting la oferta de la patronal será sometida a votación en una asamblea; I put it to you that... — (frml) mi opinión es que...

12) (write, indicate, mark) poner*

what shall I put? — ¿qué pongo?

she put a line through the word — tachó la palabra

13) ( express) decir*

how shall I put it? — cómo te diría?

(let me) put it this way: I wouldn't invite him again — te digo lo siguiente: no lo volvería a invitar

to put something well/badly — expresar algo bien/mal

2.

put vi ( Naut)

to put to sea — hacerse* a la mar, zarpar

Phrasal Verbs:

- put about

- put across

- put aside

- put away

- put back

- put by

- put down

- put forward

- put in

- put off

- put on

- put out

- put over

- put past

- put through

- put together

- put under

- put up

- put up to

- put up with

English-spanish dictionary > put
67 in

1.
in (old forms endŏ and indŭ, freq. in ante-class. poets; cf. Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4; id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2; Lucil. ap. Lact. 5, 9, 20; Lucr. 2, 1096; 5, 102; 6, 890 et saep.), prep. with abl. and acc. [kindr. with Sanscr. an; Greek en, en-tha, en-then, eis, i. e. en-s, ana; Goth. ana; Germ. in], denotes either rest or motion within or into a place or thing; opp. to ex; in, within, on, upon, among, at; into, to, towards.
I.
With abl.
A.
In space.
1.
Lit., in (with abl. of the place or thing in which):
aliorum fructus in terra est, aliorum et extra,
Plin. 19, 4, 22, § 61:
alii in corde, alii in cerebro dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
eo in rostris sedente suasit Serviliam legem Crassus,
id. Brut. 43, 161:
qui sunt cives in eadem re publica,
id. Rep. 1, 32 fin.:
facillimam in ea re publica esse concordiam, in qua idem conducat omnibus,
id. ib.:
T. Labienus ex loco superiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspicatus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:
quod si in scaena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 26, 97:
in foro palam Syracusis,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81:
plures in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga intereunt,
Caes. B. C. 2, 35:
tulit de caede, quae in Appia via facta esset,
Cic. Mil. 6, 15:
in via fornicata,
Liv. 22, 36:
vigebat in illa domo mos patrius et disciplina,
Cic. de Sen. 11, 37:
in domo furtum factum ab eo qui domi fuit,
Quint. 5, 10, 16:
nupta in domo,
Liv. 6, 34, 9:
copias in castris continent,
in, within, Caes. B. C. 1, 66:
cum in angusto quodam pulpito stans diceret,
Quint. 11, 3, 130:
se ac suos in vehiculo conspici,
Liv. 5, 40, 10:
malo in illa tua sedecula sedere, quam in istorum sella curuli,
Cic. Att. 4, 10:
sedere in solio,
id. Fin. 2, 21, 66:
Albae constiterant, in urbe opportuna,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 6. —
Sometimes, also, with names of places: omnes se ultro sectari in Epheso memorat mulieres,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 182:
heri aliquot adolescentuli coiimus in Piraeo,
Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 1:
navis et in Cajeta est parata nobis et Brundisii,
Cic. Att. 8, 3, 6:
complures (naves) in Hispali faciendas curavit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 18:
caesos in Marathone ac Salamine,
Quint. 12, 10, 24:
in Berenice urbe Troglodytarum,
Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 183.—
2.
In indicating a multitude or number, of, in, or among which a person or thing is, in, among (= gen. part.):
in his poeta hic nomen profitetur suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 3:
Thales, qui sapientissimus in septem fuit,
Cic. Leg. 2, 11, 26:
peto ut eum complectare, diligas, in tuis habeas,
id. Fam. 13, 78, 2; cf.:
in perditis et desperatis,
id. ib. 13, 56, 1:
omnia quae secundum naturam fiunt, sunt habenda in bonis,
id. de Sen. 19, 71:
dolor in maximis malis ducitur,
id. Leg. 1, 11, 31:
justissimus unus in Teucris,
Verg. A. 2, 426:
cecidere in pugna ad duo milia... in his quatuor Romani centuriones,
Liv. 27, 12, 16:
in diis et feminae sunt,
Lact. 1, 16, 17.—
3.
Of analogous relations of place or position:
sedere in equo,
on horseback, id. Verr. 2, 5, 10:
quid legati in equis,
id. Pis. 25, 60:
sedere in leone,
Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109:
in eo flumine pons erat,
on, over, Caes. B. G. 2, 5:
in herboso Apidano,
on the banks of, Prop. 1, 3, 6:
in digitis,
on tiptoe, Val. Fl. 4, 267:
castra in limite locat,
on the rampart, Tac. A. 1, 50:
ipse coronam habebat unam in capite, alteram in collo,
on, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27:
oleae in arbore,
Cels. 2, 24:
Caesaris in barbaris erat nomen obscurius,
among, Caes. B. C. 1, 61:
in ceteris nationibus, Cels. praef. 1: qui in Brutiis praeerat,
Liv. 25, 16, 7:
in juvenibus,
Quint. 11, 1, 32:
nutus in mutis pro sermone est,
id. 11, 3, 66.—Of dress, like cum, q. v.:
in veste candida,
Liv. 45, 20, 5; 34, 7, 3:
in calceis,
id. 24, 38, 2:
in insignibus,
id. 5, 41, 2:
in tunicis albis,
Plin. Ep. 7, 27, 13:
in Persico et vulgari habitu,
Curt. 3, 3, 4:
in lugubri veste,
id. 10, 5, 17:
in Tyriis,
Ov. A. A. 2, 297:
in Cois,
id. ib. v. 298; cf.:
homines in catenis Romam mittere,
Liv. 29, 21, 12; 32, 1, 8: quis multa te in rosa urget, etc., Hor C. 1, 5, 1; so, in viola aut in rosa, Cic. Tusc. [p. 912] 5, 26, 73.—So of arms:
duas legiones in armis,
Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 3, 395:
in armis hostis,
under arms, Ov. M. 12,65:
quae in ore atque in oculis provinciae gesta sunt (= coram),
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81; so,
in oculis provinciae,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 2:
in oculis omnium,
id. ib. 1, 3, 7:
divitiae, decus, gloria in oculis sita sunt,
Sall. C. 20, 14; Curt. 4, 13, 1; Liv. 22, 12, 6:
Julianus in ore ejus (Vitellii) jugulatur,
Tac. H. 3, 77; Sen. Ben. 7, 19, 7.—Of a passage in any writing (but when the author is named, by meton., for his works, apud is used, Krebs, Antibarb. p. 561):
in populorum institutis aut legibus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 15, 42:
in illis libris qui sunt de natura deorum,
id. Fat. 1, 1:
in Timaeo dicit,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 30:
epistula, in qua omnia perscripta erant,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2:
perscribit in litteris, hostes ab se discessisse,
Caes. B. G. 5, 49; but in is also used with an author's name when, not a place in his book, but a feature of his style, etc., is referred to:
in Thucydide orbem modo orationis desidero,
Cic. Or. 71, 234:
in Herodoto omnia leniter fluunt,
Quint. 9, 4, 18.—Of books:
libri oratorii diu in manibus fuerunt,
Cic. Att. 4, 13, 2; id. Lael. 25, 96; but more freq. trop.: in manibus habere, tenere, etc., to be engaged, occupied with, to have under control or within reach:
philosophi quamcunque rem habent in manibus,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 18:
quam spem nunc habeat in manibus, exponam,
id. Verr. 1, 6, 16:
rem habere in manibus,
id. Att. 6, 3, 1; cf.:
neque mihi in manu fuit Jugurtha qualis foret,
in my power, Sall. J. 14, 4:
postquam nihil esse in manu sua respondebatur,
Liv. 32, 24, 2:
quod ipsorum in manu sit,... bellum an pacem malint,
Tac. A. 2, 46; but, cum tantum belli in manibus esset, was in hand, busied (cf.:
inter manus),
Liv. 4, 57, 1; so,
quorum epistulas in manu teneo,
Cic. Phil. 12, 4, 9; cf. id. Att. 2, 2, 2:
in manu poculum tenens,
id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71:
coronati et lauream in manu tenentes,
Liv. 40, 37, 3; Suet. Claud. 15 fin. —Of that which is thought of as existing in the mind, memory, character, etc.:
in animo esse,
Cic. Fam. 14, 11:
in animo habere,
id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:
lex est ratio insita in natura,
id. Leg. 1, 6, 18:
in memoria sedere,
id. de Or. 2, 28, 122; cf.:
tacito mutos volvunt in pectore questus,
Luc. 1, 247:
quanta auctoritas fuit in C. Metello!
Cic. de Sen. 17, 61. —So freq. of a person's qualities of mind or character:
erat in eo summa eloquentia, summa fides,
Cic. Mur. 28, 58; cf.:
in omni animante est summum aliquid atque optimum, ut in equis,
id. Fin. 4, 41, 37:
si quid artis in medicis est,
Curt. 3, 5, 13; cf.:
nibil esse in morte timendum,
Lucr. 3, 866.— Esp., in eo loco, in that state or condition:
in eo enim loco res sunt nostrae, ut, etc.,
Liv. 7, 35, 7: si vos in eo loco essetis, quid aliud fecissetis? Cat. ap. Quint. 9, 2, 21; so,
quo in loco, etc.: cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res essent, cognovissent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
videtis, quo in loco res haec siet, Ter Phorm. 2, 4, 6: quod ipse, si in eodem loco esset, facturus fuerit,
Liv. 37, 14, 5.—Hence, without loco, in eo esse ut, etc., to be in such a condition, etc.:
non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut Galliam armis obtineant,
Liv. 30, 19, 3:
cum res non in eo esset, ut Cyprum tentaret,
id. 33, 41, 9; 8, 27, 3; 2, 17, 5; Nep. Mil. 7, 3; id. Paus. 5, 1 (cf. I. C. 1. infra).—
B.
In time, indicating its duration, in, during, in the course of:
feci ego istaec itidem in adulescentia,
in my youth, when I was young, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 6:
in tempore hoc,
Ter. And. 4, 5, 24:
in hoc tempore,
Tac. A. 13, 47:
in tali tempore,
Sall. C. 48, 5; Liv. 22, 35; 24, 28 al.:
in diebus paucis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 77:
in brevi spatio,
id. Heaut. 5, 2, 2; Suet. Vesp. 4:
in qua aetate,
Cic. Brut. 43 fin.:
in ea aetate,
Liv. 1, 57:
in omni aetate,
Cic. de Sen. 3, 9:
in aetate, qua jam Alexander orbem terrarum subegisset,
Suet. Caes. 7:
qua (sc. Iphigenia) nihil erat in eo quidem anno natum pulchrius,
in the course of, during the year, Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95 (al. eo quidem anno):
nihil in vita se simile fecisse,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 91: nihil in vita vidit calamitatis A. Cluentius. id. Clu. 6, 18:
in tota vita inconstans,
id. Tusc. 4, 13, 29.—
b.
In tempore, at the right or proper time, in time (Cic. uses only tempore; v. tempus): eccum ipsum video in tempore huc se recipere, Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 24:
ni pedites equitesque in tempore subvenissent,
Liv. 33, 5:
spreta in tempore gloria interdum cumulatior redit,
id. 2, 47:
rebellaturi,
Tac. A. 12, 50:
atque adeo in ipso tempore eccum ipsum obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 52: in tempore, opportune. Nos sine praepositione dicimus tempore et tempori, Don. ad Ter. And. 4, 4, 19.—
c.
In praesentia and in praesenti, at present, now, at this moment, under these circumstances:
sic enim mihi in praesentia occurrit,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 14:
vestrae quidem cenae non solum in praesentia, sed etiam postero die jucundae sunt,
id. ib. 5, 35, 100:
id quod unum maxime in praesentia desiderabatur,
Liv. 21, 37:
haec ad te in praesenti scripsi, ut, etc.,
for the present, Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 4.—
d.
With gerunds and fut. pass. participles, to indicate duration of time, in:
fit, ut distrahatur in deliberando animus,
Cic. Off. 1, 3, 9; id. Fam. 2, 6, 2:
vitiosum esse in dividendo partem in genere numerare,
id. Fin. 2, 9, 26:
quod in litteris dandis praeter consuetudinem proxima nocte vigilarat,
id. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret,
Caes. B. G. 2, 21:
in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis hostibus,
in laying waste, id. ib. 5, 19:
in excidenda Numantia,
Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76:
cum in immolanda Iphigenia tristis Calchas esset,
id. Or. 21, 74.—
C.
In other relations, where a person or thing is thought of as in a certain condition, situation, or relation, in:
qui magno in aere alieno majores etiam possessiones habent,
Cic. Cat. 2, 8, 18:
se in insperatis repentinisque pecuniis jactare,
id. Cat. 2, 9, 20:
Larinum in summo timore omnium cum armatis advolavit,
id. Clu. 8, 25.—
So freq., of qualities or states of mind: summa in sollicitudine ac timore Parthici belli,
Caes. B. C. 3, 31:
torpescentne dextrae in amentia illa?
Liv. 23, 9, 7:
hunc diem perpetuum in laetitia degere,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 5; Cic. Cat. 4, 1, 2:
in metu,
Tac. A. 14, 43:
in voluptate,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 62:
alicui in amore esse,
beloved, id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:
alicui in amoribus esse,
id. Att. 6, 1, 12:
res in invidia erat,
Sall. J. 25, 5; Liv. 29, 37, 17: sum in expectatione omnium rerum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 10:
num... Diogenem Stoicum coegit in suis studiis obmutescere senectus?
in his studies, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:
mirificam cepi voluptatem ex tua diligentia: quod in summis tuis occupationibus mihi tamen rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,
even in, notwithstanding your great occupations, id. Fam. 3, 11, 4.—
So freq., of business, employment, occupations, etc.: in aliqua re versari,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 47, § 105:
similia iis, quae in consilio dixerat,
Curt. 5, 5, 23:
in certamine armorum atque in omni palaestra quid satis recte cavetur,
Quint. 9, 4, 8:
agi in judiciis,
id. 11, 1, 78:
tum vos mihi essetis in consilio,
Cic. Rep. 3, 18, 28:
in actione... dicere,
Quint. 8, 2, 2.—Of an office, magistracy:
in quo tum magistratu forte Brutus erat,
Liv. 1, 59, 7; 4, 17, 1:
in eo magistratu pari diligentia se praebuit,
Nep. Han. 7, 5 (cf. B. 1. supra):
in ea ipsa causa fuit eloquentissimus,
Cic. Brut, 43, 160:
qui non defendit nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio, quam, etc.,
is in the wrong, acts wrongly, id. Off. 1, 7, 23:
etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,
is wrong, id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:
non sunt in eo genere tantae commoditates corporis,
id. ib. 4, 12, 29; cf.:
an omnino nulla sit in eo genere distinctio,
id. Or. 61, 205:
Drusus erat de praevaricatione absolutus in summa quatuor sententiis,
on the whole, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 16; cf.:
et in omni summa, ut mones, valde me ad otium pacemque converto,
id. ib. 3, 5, 5;
but, in summa, sic maxime judex credit, etc.,
in a word, in fine, Quint. 9, 2, 72; Auct. B. Alex. 71; Just. 37, 1, 8:
horum (juvenum) inductio in parte simulacrum decurrentis exercitus erat: ex parte elegantioris exercitii quam militaris artis,
in part, Liv. 44, 9, 5; cf.:
quod mihi in parte verum videtur,
Quint. 2, 8, 6:
patronorum in parte expeditior, in parte difficilior interrogatio est,
id. 5, 7, 22:
hoc facere in eo homine consueverunt,
in the case of, Caes. B. G. 7, 21:
in furibus aerarii,
Sall. C. 52, 12:
Achilles talis in hoste fuit,
Verg. A. 2, 540:
in hoc homine saepe a me quaeris, etc.,
in the case of, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 6: in nominibus impiis, Sall. C. 51, 15:
suspectus et in morte matris fuit,
Suet. Vit. 14:
qui praesentes metuunt, in absentia hostes erunt, = absentes,
Curt. 6, 3, 8 (cf. I. B. c. supra).—Of the meaning of words, etc.:
non solum in eodem sensu, sed etiam in diverso, eadem verba contra,
Quint. 9, 3, 36:
aliter voces aut eaedem in diversa significatione ponuntur,
id. 9, 3, 69:
Sallustius in significatione ista non superesse sed superare dicit,
Gell. 1, 22, 15:
stips non dicitur in significatione trunci,
Charis. 1, 18, 39:
semper in significatione ea hortus,
Plin. 19, 4, 19, § 50. —
2.
In with abl. of adjj. is used with the verbs esse and habere to express quality:
cum exitus haud in facili essent, i. e. haud faciles,
Liv. 3, 8, 9:
adeo moderatio tuendae libertatis in difficili est,
id. 3, 8, 11; 3, 65, 11; but mostly with adjj. of the first and second declension:
in obscuro esse, Liv. praef. § 3: in dubio esse,
id. 2, 3, 1; 3, 19, 8; Ov. H. 19, 174:
dum in dubiost animus,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; 2, 2, 10:
in integro esse,
Cic. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 11, 15, 4:
in incerto esse,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
in obvio esse,
id. 37, 23, 1:
in tuto esse,
id. 38, 4, 10; cf.:
videre te in tuto,
Cat. 30, 6:
in aequo esse,
Liv. 39, 37, 14; Tac. A. 2, 44:
in expedito esse,
Curt. 4, 2, 22:
in proximo esse,
Quint. 1, 3, 4:
in aperto esse,
Sall. C. 5, 3:
in promisco esse,
Liv. 7, 17, 7:
in augusto esse,
Cels. 5, 27, 2:
in incerto haberi,
Sall. J. 46, 8; Tac. A. 15, 17:
in levi habitum,
id. H. 2, 21; cf.:
in incerto relinquere,
Liv. 5, 28, 5; Tac. H. 2, 83.
II.
With acc.
A.
In space, with verbs of motion, into or to a place or thing (rarely with names of towns and small islands;
v. Zumpt, Gram. § 398): influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 19:
in Ephesum advenit,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 35:
in Epirum venire,
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3:
ibo in Piraeeum, visamque, ecquae advenerit in portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2: venio ad Piraeea, in quo magis reprehendendus sum, quod... Piraeea scripserim, non Piraeeum, quam in quod addiderim;
non enim hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:
se contulisse Tarquinios, in urbem Etruriae florentissimam,
id. Rep. 2, 19:
remigrare in domum veterem e nova,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 13:
cum in sua rura venerunt,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102:
a te ipso missi in ultimas gentes,
id. Fam. 15, 9:
in Ubios legatos mittere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:
dein Thalam pervenit, in oppidum magnum et opulentum,
Sall. J. 75, 1:
Regillum antiquam in patriam se contulerat,
Liv. 3, 58, 1:
abire in exercitum,
Plaut. Am. prol. 102.— With nuntio:
cum id Zmyrnam in contionem nuntiatum est,
Tac. A. 4, 56:
nuntiatur in castra,
Lact. Most. Pers. 46; cf.:
allatis in castra nuntiis,
Tac. H. 4, 32: in manus sumere, tradere, etc., into one's hands:
iste unumquodque vas in manus sumere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 63:
Falerios se in manus Romanis tradidisse,
Liv. 5, 27, 3.—Rarely with the verbs ponere, collocare, etc. (pregn., i. e. to bring into... and place there):
in crimen populo ponere,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 10:
ut liberos, uxores suaque omnia in silvas deponerent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 19:
duplam pecuniam in thesauros reponi,
Liv. 29, 19, 7:
prius me collocavi in arborem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 8, 6:
sororem et propinquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18.— Motion in any direction, up to, to, into, down to:
in caelum ascendere,
Cic. Lael. 23 fin.:
filium ipse paene in umeros suos extulisset,
id. de Or. 1, 53, 228:
tamquam in aram confugitis ad deum,
up to the altar, id. Tusc. 3, 10, 25:
Saturno tenebrosa in Tartara misso,
Ov. M. 1, 113:
in flumen deicere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Nep. Chab. 4, 3.—
2.
Denoting mere direction towards a place or thing, and hence sometimes joined with versus, towards:
quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:
si in latus aut dextrum aut sinistrum, ut ipsi in usu est, cubat,
Cels. 2, 3:
Belgae spectant in septentriones et orientem solem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
in orientem Germaniae, in occidentem Hispaniae obtenditur, Gallis in meridiem etiam inspicitur,
Tac. Agr. 10:
in laevum prona nixus sedet Inachus urna,
Stat. Th. 2, 218.—With versus:
castra ex Biturigibus movet in Arvernos versus,
towards, Caes. B. G. 7, 8 fin.:
in Galliam versus movere,
Sall. C. 56, 4: in [p. 913] ltaliam versus, Front. Strat. 1, 4, 11:
si in urbem versus venturi erant,
Plin. Ep. 10, 82. —
3.
So of that which is thought of as entering into the mind, memory, etc. (cf. I. A. 2. fin.):
in memoriam reducere,
Cic. Inv 1, 52, 98:
in animum inducere,
Liv. 27, 9:
in mentem venire,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3:
frequens imitatio transit in mores,
Quint. 1, 11, 3. —
Or into a writing or speech: in illam Metellinam orationem addidi quaedam,
Cic. Att. 1, 13, 5.—
B.
In time, into, till, for:
dormiet in lucem,
into the daylight, till broad day, Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 34:
statim e somno, quem plerumque in diem extrahunt, lavantur,
Tac. G. 22: sermonem in multam noctem produximus, deep into the night, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Arus. Mess. p. 239 Lindem.:
in multam noctem luxit,
Suet. Tib. 74:
si febris in noctem augetur,
Cels. 7, 27:
dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte illatis lucernis,
Plin. Ep. 4, 9, 14:
indutias in triginta annos impetraverunt,
for thirty years, Liv. 9, 37, 12; 7, 20, 8:
nisi id verbum in omne tempus perdidissem,
forever, Cic. Fam. 5, 15, 1:
ad cenam hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem,
for the following day, id. Off. 3, 14, 58:
audistis auctionem constitutam in mensem Januarium,
id. Agr. 1, 2, 4:
subito reliquit annum suum seque in annum proximum transtulit,
id. Mil. 9, 24:
solis defectiones itemque lunae praedicuntur in multos annos,
for many years, id. Div. 2, 6, 17:
postero die Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie,
Liv. 27, 2:
qui ab matutino tempore duraverunt in occasum,
Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99:
seritur (semen lini) a Kalendis Octobribus in ortum aquilae,
Col. 2, 10, 17.—With usque:
neque illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem,
Quint. 12, 11, 20:
in illum usque diem servati,
id. 8, 3, 68:
in serum usque patente cubiculo,
Suet. Oth. 11:
regnum trahat usque in tempora fati,
Sil. 11, 392: in posterum (posteritatem) or in futurum, in future, for the future: in praesens, for the present: in perpetuum or in aeternum, forever:
sancit in posterum, ne quis, etc.,
Cic. Cat. 4, 5, 10:
res dilata est in posterum,
id. Fam. 10, 12, 3:
video quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,
id. Cat. 1, 9, 22:
id aegre et in praesentia hi passi et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,
Liv. 34, 27, 10; cf.:
ingenti omnium et in praesens laetitia et in futurum spe,
id. 30, 17, 1:
effugis in futurum,
Tac. H. 1, 71:
quod eum tibi quaestoris in loco constitueras, idcirco tibi amicum in perpetuum fore putasti?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 30; cf.:
oppidum omni periculo in perpetuum liberavit,
id. Fam. 13, 4, 2:
quae (leges) non in tempus aliquod, sed perpetuae utilitatis causa in aeternum latae sunt,
Liv. 34, 6, 4: in tempus, for a while, for a short time, for the occasion (postAug.):
sensit miles in tempus conficta,
Tac. A. 1, 37:
ne urbs sine imperio esset, in tempus deligebatur, qui jus redderet,
id. ib. 6, 11:
scaena in tempus structa,
id. ib. 14, 20. —So in diem, for the day, to meet the day's want:
nihil ex raptis in diem commeatibus superabat,
Liv. 22, 40, 8:
rapto in diem frumento,
id. 4, 10, 1;
but, cum illa fundum emisset in diem,
i. e. a fixed day of payment, Nep. Att. 9, 5: in singulos dies, or simply in dies, with comparatives and verbs denoting increase, from day to day, daily:
vitium in dies crescit,
Vell. 2, 5, 2:
in dies singulos breviores litteras ad te mitto,
Cic. Att. 5, 7:
qui senescat in dies,
Liv. 22, 39, 15: in diem, daily:
nos in diem vivimus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
in diem et horam,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 47;
and in horas,
hourly, id. C. 2, 13, 14; id. S. 2, 7, 10.—
C.
In other relations, in which an aiming at, an inclining or striving towards a thing, is conceivable, on, about, respecting; towards, against; for, as; in, to; into:
id, quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum,
about the philosophers, Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28:
Callimachi epigramma in Ambraciotam Cleombrotum est,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 84; cf.:
cum cenaret Simonides apud Scopam cecinissetque id car men, quod in eum scripsisset, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 86, 352:
quo amore tandem inflammati esse debemus in ejus modi patriam,
towards, id. ib. 1, 44, 196:
in liberos nostros indulgentia,
id. ib. 2, 40, 168:
de suis meritis in rem publicam aggressus est dicere,
id. Or. 38, 133: ita ad impietatem in deos, in homines adjunxit injuriam, against, id. N. D. 3, 34 fin.:
in dominum quaeri,
to be examined as a witness against, id. Mil. 22, 60:
in eos impetum facere,
id. Att. 2, 22, 1:
invehi in Thebanos,
Nep. Epam. 6, 1; id. Tim. 5, 3:
quaecumque est hominis definitio, una in omnes valet,
id. Leg. 1, 10, 29:
num etiam in deos immortales inauspicatam legem valuisse?
Liv. 7, 6, 11:
vereor coram in os te laudare amplius,
to your face, Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 5:
si in me exerciturus (pugnos), quaeso, in parietem ut primum domes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 168:
in puppim rediere rates,
Luc. 3, 545 Burm. (cf.:
sic equi dicuntur in frena redire, pulsi in terga recedere, Sulp. ad loc.): Cumis eam vidi: venerat enim in funus: cui funeri ego quoque operam dedi,
to the funeral, to take charge of the funeral, Cic. Att. 15, 1, B:
se quisque eum optabat, quem fortuna in id certamen legeret,
Liv. 21, 42, 2:
quodsi in nullius mercedem negotia eant, pauciora fore,
Tac. A. 11, 6:
haec civitas mulieri redimiculum praebeat, haec in collum, haec in crines,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33:
Rhegium quondam in praesidium missa legio,
Liv. 28, 28; so,
datae in praesidium cohortes,
Tac. H. 4, 35: hoc idem significat Graecus ille in eam sententiam versus, to this effect or purport, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 25; cf. id. Fam. 9, 15, 4:
haec et in eam sententiam cum multa dixisset,
id. Att. 2, 22:
qui omnia sic exaequaverunt, ut in utramque partem ita paria redderent, uti nulla selectione uterentur,
id. Fin. 3, 4, 12:
in utramque partem disputat,
on both sides, for and against, id. Off. 3, 23, 89: te rogo, me tibi in omnes partes defendendum putes, Vatin. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 10 fin.:
facillime et in optimam partem cognoscuntur adulescentes, qui se ad claros et sapientes viros contulerunt,
id. Off. 2, 13, 46:
cives Romani servilem in modum cruciati et necati,
in the manner of slaves, Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 13; cf.:
miserandum in modum milites populi Romani capti, necati sunt,
id. Prov. Cons. 3, 5:
senior quidam Veiens vaticinantis in modum cecinit,
Liv. 5, 15, 4;
also: domus et villae in urbium modum aedificatae,
Sall. C. 12, 3:
perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia legitima sint,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:
judicium quin acciperet in ea ipsa verba quae Naevius edebat, non recusasse,
id. Quint. 20, 63; cf.:
senatusconsultum in haec verba factum,
Liv. 30, 43, 9:
pax data Philippo in has leges est,
id. 33, 30:
Gallia omnis divisa est in partes tres,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1; cf.:
quae quidem in confirmationem et reprehensionem dividuntur,
Cic. Part. Or. 9, 33: describebat censores binos in singulas civitates, i. e. for or over each state, id. Verr. 2, 2, 53; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
itaque Titurium Tolosae quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegisse,
id. Font. 5, 9:
extulit eum plebs sextantibus collatis in capita,
a head, for each person, Liv. 2, 33 fin.:
Macedonibus treceni nummi in capita statutum est pretium,
id. 32, 17, 2; cf.:
Thracia in Rhoemetalcen filium... inque liberos Cotyis dividitur (i. e. inter),
Tac. A. 2, 67.—
2.
Of the object or end in view, regarded also as the motive of action or effect:
non te in me illiberalem, sed me in se neglegentem putabit,
Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 16:
neglegentior in patrem,
Just. 32, 3, 1:
in quem omnes intenderat curas,
Curt. 3, 1, 21:
quos ardere in proelia vidi,
Verg. A. 2, 347:
in bellum ardentes,
Manil. 4, 220:
nutante in fugam exercitu,
Flor. 3, 10, 4:
in hanc tam opimam mercedem agite ( = ut eam vobis paretis, Weissenb. ad loc.),
Liv. 21, 43, 7:
certa praemia, in quorum spem pugnarent,
id. 21, 45, 4:
in id sors dejecta,
id. 21, 42, 2:
in id fide accepta,
id. 28, 17, 9:
in spem pacis solutis animis,
id. 6, 11, 5 et saep.:
ingrata misero vita ducenda est in hoc, ut, etc.,
Hor. Epod. 17, 63:
nec in hoc adhibetur, ut, etc.,
Sen. Ep. 16, 3:
alius non in hoc, ut offenderet, facit, id. de Ira, 2, 26, 3: in quod tum missi?
Just. 38, 3, 4.—So, like ad, with words expressing affections or inclination of the mind:
in obsequium plus aequo pronus,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 10:
paratus in res novas,
Tac. H. 4, 32:
in utrumque paratus,
Verg. A. 2, 61.—
3.
Of the result of an act or effort:
denique in familiae luctum atque in privignorum funus nupsit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
paratusque miles, ut ordo agminis in aciem adsisteret,
Tac. A. 2, 16: excisum Euboicae latus ingens rupis in antrum, Verg. A. 6, 42:
portus ab Euroo fluctu curvatus in arcum,
id. ib. 3, 533:
populum in obsequia principum formavit,
Just. 3, 2, 9:
omnium partium decus in mercedem conruptum erat,
Sall. H. 1, 13 Dietsch:
commutari ex veris in falsa,
Cic. Fat. 9, 17; 9, 18:
in sollicitudinem versa fiducia est,
Curt. 3, 8, 20.—
4.
Esp. in the phrase: in gratiam or in honorem, alicujus, in kindness, to show favor, out of good feeling, to show honor, etc., to any one (first in Liv.; cf. Weissenb. ad Liv. 28, 21, 4;
Krebs, Antibarb. p. 562): in gratiam levium sociorum injuriam facere,
Liv. 39, 26, 12:
pugnaturi in gratiam ducis,
id. 28, 21, 4:
quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,
id. 28, 39, 13; cf. id. 35, 2, 6; 26, 6, 16:
oratio habita in sexus honorem,
Quint. 1, 1, 6:
convivium in honorem victoriae,
id. 11, 2, 12:
in honorem Quadratillae,
Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 7:
in honorem tuum,
Sen. Ep. 20, 7; 79, 2; 92, 1; Vell. 2, 41 al.—
5.
In the phrase, in rem esse, to be useful, to avail (cf.: e re esse;
opp.: contra rem esse): ut aequom est, quod in rem esse utrique arbitremur,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 10:
si in rem est Bacchidis,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 2, 2, 7:
hortatur, imperat, quae in rem sunt,
Liv. 26, 44, 7:
cetera, quae cognosse in rem erat,
id. 22, 3, 2; 44, 19, 3:
in rem fore credens universos adpellare,
Sall. C. 20, 1; cf.:
in duas res magnas id usui fore,
Liv. 37, 15, 7:
in hos usus,
Verg. A. 4, 647.—
6.
To form adverbial expressions:
non nominatim, qui Capuae, sed in universum qui usquam coissent, etc.,
in general, Liv. 9, 26, 8; cf.:
terra etsi aliquanto specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,
Tac. G. 5:
in universum aestimanti, etc.,
id. ib. 6:
aestate in totum, si fieri potest, abstinendum est (Venere),
wholly, entirely, Cels. 1, 3 fin.; cf. Col. 2, 1, 2:
in plenum dici potest, etc.,
fully, Plin. 16, 40, 79, § 217:
Marii virtutem in majus celebrare,
beyond due bounds, Sall. J. 73, 5:
aliter se corpus habere atque consuevit, neque in pejus tantum, sed etiam in melius,
for the worse, for the better, Cels. 2, 2:
in deterius,
Tac. A. 14, 43:
in mollius,
id. ib. 14, 39:
quid enim est iracundia in supervacuum tumultuante frigidius? Sen. de Ira, 2, 11: civitas saepta muris neque in barbarum corrupta (v. barbarus),
Tac. A. 6, 42; cf.:
aucto in barbarum cognomento,
id. H. 5, 2:
priusquam id sors cerneret, in incertum, ne quid gratia momenti faceret, in utramque provinciam decerni,
while the matter was uncertain, Liv. 43, 12, 2:
nec puer Iliaca quisquam de gente Latinos In tantum spe tollet avos,
so much, Verg. A. 6, 876:
in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,
Liv. 22, 27, 4; cf.:
quaedam (aquae) fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 24:
viri in tantum boni, in quantum humana simplicitas intellegi potest,
Vell. 2, 43, 4:
quippe pedum digitos, in quantum quaeque secuta est, Traxit,
Ov. M. 11, 71:
meliore in omnia ingenio animoque quam fortuna usus,
in all respects, Vell. 2, 13:
ut simul in omnia paremur,
Quint. 11, 3, 25:
in antecessum dare,
beforehand, Sen. Ep. 118.—
7.
Sometimes with esse, habere, etc., in is followed by the acc. (constr. pregn.), to indicate a direction, aim, purpose, etc. (but v. Madvig. Gram. § 230, obs. 2, note, who regards these accusatives as originating in errors of pronunciation); so, esse in potestatem alicujus, to come into and remain in one ' s power: esse in mentem alicui, to come into and be in one ' s mind: esse in conspectum, to appear to and be in sight: esse in usum, to come into use, be used, etc.:
quod, qui illam partem urbis tenerent, in eorum potestatem portum futurum intellegebant,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38:
ut portus in potestatem Locrensium esset,
Liv. 24, 1, 13; 2, 14, 4:
eam optimam rem publicam esse duco, quae sit in potestatem optimorum,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17:
neque enim sunt motus in nostram potestatem,
Quint. 6, 2, 29:
numero mihi in mentem fuit,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 25; cf.:
ecquid in mentem est tibi?
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 53:
nec prius surrexisse ac militibus in conspectum fuisse, quam, etc.,
Suet. Aug. 16:
quod satis in usum fuit, sublato, ceterum omne incensum est,
Liv. 22, 20, 6: ab hospitibus clientibusque suis, ab exteris nationibus, quae in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque essent, injurias propulsare, Cic. Div. ap. Caecil. 20, 66: adesse in senatum [p. 914] jussit a. d. XIII. Kal. Octobr., id. Phil. 5, 7, 19.—Less freq. with habere: facito in memoriam habeas tuam majorem filiam mihi te despondisse, call or bring to mind, Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 108:
M. Minucium magistrum equitum, ne quid rei bellicae gereret, prope in custodiam habitum,
put in prison, kept in prison, Liv. 22, 25, 6:
reliquos in custodiam habitos,
Tac. H. 1, 87.—So rarely with other verbs:
pollicetur se provinciam Galliam retenturum in senatus populique Romani potestatem,
Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 8. —
III.
In composition, n regularly becomes assimilated to a foll. l, m, or r, and is changed before the labials into m: illabor, immitto, irrumpo, imbibo, impello.—As to its meaning, according as it is connected with a verb of rest or motion, it conveys the idea of existence in a place or thing, or of motion, direction, or inclination into or to a place or thing: inesse; inhibere, inferre, impellere, etc. See Hand, Turs. III. pp. 243- 356.
2.
in (before b and p, im; before l, m, and r, the n assimilates itself to these consonants), an inseparable particle [kindred with Sanscr. a-, an-; Gr. a-, an; Goth. and Germ. un-], which negatives the meaning of the noun or participle with which it is connected; Engl. un-, in-, not: impar, unequal: intolerabilis, unbearable, intolerable: immitis, not mild, rude, etc.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > in
68 ac

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ac
69 adque

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adque
70 atque

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > atque
71 statuo

stătŭo, ui, utum, 3, v. a. [statum, sup. of sto], to cause to stand (cf.: colloco, pono).
I.
Corporeally.
A.
To cause to stand, set up, set, station, fix in an upright position.
1.
To set up, set in the ground, erect:
ibi arbores pedicino in lapide statuito,
Cato, R. R. 18:
inter parietes arbores ubi statues,
id. ib.:
stipites statuito,
id. ib.:
palis statutis crebris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 14 init.:
pedamenta jacentia statuenda,
are to be raised, Col. 4, 26:
pedamentum inter duas vitis,
Plin. 17, 22, 21, § 194:
hic statui volo primum aquilam,
the standard of the troops, Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 7:
signifer, statue signum,
plant the ensign, Liv. 5, 55, 1; Val. Max. 1, 5, 1.—
2.
To plant (rare):
eodem modo vineam statuito, alligato, flexatoque uti fuerit,
Plin. 17, 22, 35, § 198:
agro qui statuit meo Te, triste lignum (i. e. arborem),
Hor. C. 2, 13, 10.—
3.
In gen., to place, set or fix, set up, set forth things or persons.
a.
Without specifying the place:
ollam statuito cum aqua,
let a jar stand with water, Cato, R. R. 156 (157):
crateras magnos statuunt, i. e. on the table,
Verg. A. 1, 724; so,
crateras laeti statuunt,
id. ib. 7, 147: haec carina satis probe fundata et bene statuta est, well placed, i. e. so that the hull stands perpendicularly (cf.:
bene lineatam carinam collocavit, v. 42),
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 44:
nec quidquam explicare, nec statuere potuerant, nec quod statutum esset, manebat, omnia perscindente vento,
Liv. 21, 58, 7:
eo die tabernacula statui passus non est,
to pitch, Caes. B. C. 1, 81; so, aciem statuere, to draw up an army:
aciem quam arte statuerat, latius porrigit,
Sall. J. 52, 6.—
b.
With designation of the place by in and abl.; by adv. of place; by ante, apud, ad, circa, super, and acc.; by pro and abl.; by abl. alone (very rare), or by in and acc. (very rare): signa domi pro supellectile statuere, Cato ap. Prisc. 7, 19, 95 (p. 782 P.):
statuite hic lectulos,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 7:
etiamsi in caelo Capitolium statueretur,
Cic. Or. 3, 46, 180:
statuitur Sollius in illo gladiatorum convivio... atuitur, ut dico, eques Romanus in Apronii convivio,
is taken to the banquet, id. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 61 sq.:
tabernacula in foro statuere,
Liv. 39, 46, 3:
in principiis statuit tabernaculum,
Nep. Eum. 7, 1:
in nostris castris tibi tabernaculum statue,
Curt. 5, 11, 6; 8, 13, 20:
statui in medium undique conspicuum tabernaculum jussit,
id. 9, 6, 1:
(sagittae) longae, nisi prius in terra statuerent arcum, haud satis apte imponuntur,
id. 8, 14, 19:
sedes curules sacerdotum Augustalium locis, superque eas querceae coronae statuerentur,
Tac. A. 2, 83:
donum deae apud Antium statuitur,
id. ib. 3, 71:
pro rigidis calamos columnis,
Ov. F. 3, 529:
jamque ratem Scythicis auster statuisset in oris,
Val. Fl. 3, 653:
statuere vas in loco frigido,
Pall. Oct. 22.—Of living beings:
capite in terram statuerem, Ut cerebro dispergat viam,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 18:
qui capite ipse sua in statuit vestigia sese (= qui sese ipse capite in sua vestigia statuit),
i. e. stands on his head, Lucr. 4, 472:
patrem ejus a mortuis excitasses, statuisses ante oculos,
Cic. Or. 1, 57, 245:
captivos vinctos in medio statuit,
Liv. 21, 42, 1:
ubi primum equus Curtium in vado statuit,
id. 1, 13, 5:
quattuor cohortes in fronte statuit,
id. 28, 33, 12:
ante se statuit funditores,
id. 42, 58, 10:
puerum ad canendum ante tibicinem cum statuisset,
id. 7, 2, 9:
procul in conspectu eum (Philopoemenem) statuerunt,
id. 39, 49, 11:
media porta robora legionum, duabus circa portis milites levemque armaturam statuit,
id. 23, 16, 8:
bovem ad fanum Dianae et ante aram statuit,
id. 1, 45, 6:
cum Calchanta circa aram statuisset,
Val. Max. 8, 11, ext. 6:
marium si qui eo loci statuisset,
id. 3, 1, 2 fin.:
adulescentes ante Caesarem statuunt,
Tac. A. 4, 8:
in fronte statuerat ferratos, in cornibus cohortes,
id. ib. 3, 45:
puer quis Ad cyathum statuetur?
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8:
tu cum pro vitula statuis dulcem Aulide natam Ante aras,
id. S. 2, 3, 199:
et statuam ante aras aurata fronte juvencum,
Verg. A. 9, 627:
clara regione profundi Aetheros innumeri statuerunt agmina cygni,
Stat. Th. 3, 525.—
4.
Pregn., to construct and place, to set up after constructing, to erect, make.
a.
Of statues, temples, columns, altars, trophies, etc.; constr. with acc. alone, or acc. of the structure and dat. of the person for whom or in whose honor it is erected:
siquidem mihi aram et statuam statuis,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 122:
huic statuam statui decet ex auro,
id. Bacch. 4, 4, 1:
ne ego aurea pro statua vineam tibi statuam,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 52:
eique statuam equestrem in rostris statui placere,
Cic. Phil. 5, 15, 41; so id. ib. 9, 5, 10; 9, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 62, § 151; 2, 2, 20, § 48; so,
simulacrum alicui statuere,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
effigiem,
Verg. A. 2, 184:
Mancinus eo habitu sibi statuit quo, etc. (effigiem),
Plin. 34, 5, 10, § 18:
simulacrum in curia,
Tac. A. 14, 12:
quanam in civitate tempium statueretur,
id. ib. 4, 55:
se primos templum urbis Romae statuisse,
id. ib. 4, 56; so id. ib. 4, 15:
nec tibi de Pario statuam, Germanice, templum,
Ov. P. 4, 8, 31:
templa tibi statuam, tribuam tibi turis honorem,
id. M. 14, 128:
super terrae tumulum noluit quid statui nisi columellam,
Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 66:
victimas atque aras diis Manibus statuentes,
Tac. A. 3, 2:
statuitque aras e cespite,
Ov. M. 7, 240:
statuantur arae,
Sen. Med. 579:
aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
monumentum,
id. ib. § 70; so,
in alio orbe tropaea statuere,
Curt. 7, 7, 14;
so,
Plin. 3, 3, 4, § 18: ut illum di perdant qui primus statuit hic solarium, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Gell. 3, 3, 5:
princeps Romanis solarium horologium statuisse L. Papirius Cursor proditur,
Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 213:
a miliario in capite Romani fori statuto,
id. 3, 5, 9, § 66:
carceres eo anno in Circo primum statuti,
Liv. 8, 20, 1:
quo molem hanc immanis equi statuere?
Verg. A. 2, 150:
multo altiorem statui crucem jussit,
Suet. Galb. 9:
obeliscam,
Plin. 36, 9, 14, § 71:
at nunc disturba quas statuisti machinas,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 137:
incensis operibus quae statuerat,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4:
si vallum statuitur procul urbis illecebris,
Tac. A. 4, 2:
castra in quinto lapide a Carthagine statuit,
Just. 22, 6, 9.—
b.
Poet. and in post-class. prose (rare):
aliquem statuere = alicui statuam statuere: inter et Aegidas media statuaris in urbe,
Ov. H. 2, 67:
statuarque tumulo hilaris et coronatus,
my statue will be erected, Tac. Dial. 13; so with two acc.: custodem medio statuit quam vilicus horto, whose statue he placed as protectress, etc., Mart. 3, 68, 9; cf.
in double sense: nudam te statuet, i. e. nudam faciet (= nudabit fortunis), and statuam tibi nu dam faciet,
Mart. 4, 28, 8.—
5.
Of cities, etc., to establish, found, build (in class. prose usu. condo):
Agamemnon tres ibi urbes statuit,
Vell. 1, 1, 2:
urbem quam statuo vestra est,
Verg. A. 1, 573:
urbom praeclaram,
id. ib. 4, 655:
Persarum statuit Babylona Semiramis urbem,
Prop. 3, 11 (4, 10), 21:
ibi civitatem statuerunt,
Just. 23, 1; so,
licentia et impunitas asyla statuendi (= aperiendi),
Tac. A. 3, 60.—Hence, transf.: carmen statuere = carmen condere, to compose, devise a song:
nunc volucrum... inexpertum carmen, quod tacita statuere bruma,
Stat. S. 4, 5, 12.—
B.
To cause to stand still, to stop (rare; cf.
sisto, III. B.): navem extemplo statuimus,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 57:
et statuit fessos, fessus et ipse, boves,
Prop. 4 (5), 9, 4:
famuli hoc modo statuerunt aquas,
Arn. 1, p. 30: sanguinem, Oct. Hor. 4.—
C.
To cause to stand firm, strengthen, support (rare; = stabilire), only transf.: qui rem publicam certo animo adjuverit, statuerit, Att. ap. Cic. Sest. 56, 120 (Trag. Rel. v. 357 Rib.).
II.
Trop.
A.
To establish, constitute (= constituo).
1.
Esp.: exemplum or documentum (v. edo fin., and cf. Sen. Phoen. 320), to set forth an example or precedent for warning or imitation:
statuite exemplum impudenti, date pudori praemium,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 6:
exemplum statuite in me ut adulescentuli Vobis placere studeant potius quam sibi,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 51; Auct. Her. 4, 35, 47:
ut illi intellegere possint, in quo homine statueris exemplum hujus modi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 45, § 111:
in quos aliquid exempli populus Romanus statui putat oportere,
id. ib. 2, 3, 90, §
210: statuam in te exemplum, ne quis posthac infelicibus miseriis patriae illudat,
Just. 8, 7, 14:
documentum autem statui oportere, si quis resipiscat et antiquam societatem respiciat,
Liv. 24, 45, 5: statueretur immo [p. 1753] documentum, quo uxorem imperator acciperet, a precedent, Tac. A. 12, 6.—
2.
Jus statuere, to establish a principle or relation of law:
ut (majores nostri) omnia omnium rerum jura statuerint,
Cic. Caecin. 12, 34: qui magistratum potestatemve habebit, si quid in aliquem novi juris statuerit, ipse quoque, adversario postulante, eodem jure uti debebit, if he has established any new principle of law, Edict. Praet. in Dig. 2, 2, 1, § 1:
si quid injungere inferiori velis, id prius in te ac tuos si ipse juris statueris, facilius omnes oboedientes habeas,
if you first admit it against yourself, Liv. 26, 36, 3:
si dicemus in omnibus aequabile jus statui convenire,
equal principles of law should be applied to all, Auct. Her. 3, 3, 4. —
3.
In gen., to establish by authority (of relations, institutions, rights, duties, etc.):
(Numa) omnis partis religionis statuit sanctissime,
Cic. Rep. 2, 14, 26:
hoc judicium sic exspectatur ut non unae rei statui, sed omnibus constitui putetur,
id. Tull. 15, 36:
ad formandos animos statuendasque vitae leges, Quint. prooem. 14: sic hujus (virtutis) ut caelestium statuta magnitudo est,
Sen. Ep. 79, 10:
vectigal etiam novum ex salaria annona statuerunt,
Liv. 29, 37, 2:
novos statuere fines,
id. 42, 24, 8:
neque eos quos statuit terminos observat,
id. 21, 44, 5:
quibus rebus cum pax statuta esset,
Just. 5, 10, 8; so id. 25, 1, 1:
sedesque ibi statuentibus,
id. 18, 5, 11.—
4.
With double acc., to constitute, appoint, create:
Hirtius arbitrum me statuebat non modo hujus rei, sed totius consulatus sui,
Cic. Att. 14, 1, a, 2:
telluris erum natura nec illum, nec quemquam constituit,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 130:
de principatu (vinorum) se quisque judicem statuet,
Plin. 14, 6, 8, § 59:
praefectus his statuitur Andragoras,
Just. 21, 4, 5.—
B.
To determine, fix, etc. (of temporal or local relations); constr. usually with acc. and dat. or acc. and gen.
1.
Modum statuere alicui or alicujus rei, to determine the manner, mode, or measure of, assign limits, restrictions or restraints to a thing or person, to impose restraints upon.
(α).
With dat.:
diuturnitati imperii modum statuendum putavistis,
that a limit should be assigned to the duration of his power, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 26:
statui mihi tum modum et orationi meae,
imposed restraints upon myself and my words, id. Verr. 2, 5, 63, § 163:
non statuendo felicitati modum, nec cohibendo fortunam,
by not assigning any limits to his success, Liv. 30, 30, 23 (Pompeium) affirmabant, libertati publicae statuturum modum, Vell. 2, 40:
cupidinibus statuat natura modum,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 111:
quem modum sibi ipsa statuit (crudelitas)?
Val. Max. 9, 2 pr.:
modum ipsae res statuunt (i. e. sibi),
Plin. 28, 15, 61, § 216:
modum nuptiarum sumptibus statuerunt,
Just. 21, 4, 5:
timori quem meo statuam modum?
Sen. Thyest. 483;
and with finem: jam statui aerumnis modum et finem cladi,
id. Herc. Fur. 206. —
(β).
With gen.:
honestius te inimicitiarum modum statuere potuisse quam me humanitatis,
Cic. Sull. 17, 48:
ipse modum statuam carminis,
Ov. Tr. 1, 11, 44:
errorisque sui sic statuisse modum,
Prop. 3, 12 (4, 11), 36:
modum statuunt fellis pondere denarii,
they limit the quantity of the gall to the weight of a denarius, Plin. 28, 19, 77, § 254.—
2.
Condicionem or legem alicui, to impose a condition or law upon one, to dictate, assign a condition to:
hanc tu condicionem statuis Gaditanis,
Cic. Balb. 10, 25:
providete ne duriorem vobis condicionem statuatis ordinique vestro quam ferre possit,
id. Rab. Post. 6, 15:
alter eam sibi legem statuerat ut, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 6, 12: pretio statuta lege ne modum excederet, etc., the law being assigned to the price that not, etc., i. e. the price being limited by the law, etc., Plin. 33, 7, 40, § 118:
pacis legem universae Graeciae statuit,
Just. 9, 5, 2.—So with ellipsis of dat., to agree upon, stipulate:
statutis condicionibus,
Just. 6, 1, 3:
omnibus consentientibus Carthago conditur, statuto annuo vectigali pro solo urbis,
id. 18, 5, 14. —
3.
Finem, to assign or put an end to, make an end of:
haud opinor commode Finem statuisse orationi militem,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 21:
et finem statuit cuppedinis atque timoris,
Lucr. 6, 25:
cum Fulvius Flaccus finem poenae eorum statuere cogeretur,
Val. Max. 3, 2, ext. 1: majores vestri omnium magnarum rerum et principia exorsi ab diis sunt, et finem statuerunt, finished, Liv. 45, 39, 10; so,
terminum: nam templis numquam statuetur terminus aevi,
Stat. S. 3, 1, 180:
cum consilii tui bene fortiterque suscepti eum tibi finem statueris, quem ipsa fortuna terminum nostrarum contentionum esse voluisset,
since you have assigned that end, Cic. Fam. 6, 22, 2.—
4.
Pretium alicui rei, to assign a price to something; fix, determine the price of something:
quae probast mers, pretium ei statuit,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 132:
numquam avare pretium statui arti meae,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 48:
statuit frumento pretium,
Tac. A. 2, 87; so with dat. understood:
ut eos (obsides) pretio quantum ipsi statuissent patres redimi paterentur,
Liv. 45, 42, 7:
pretium statuit (i. e. vecturae et sali),
id. 45, 29, 13; so with in and acc.: ut in singulas amphoras (vini) centeni nummi statuantur, that the price may be set down at 100 sesterces for an amphora, Plin. 14, 4, 6, § 56.—
5.
Statuere diem, horam, tempus, locum alicui rei, or alicui, or with dat. gerund., to assign or appoint a day, time, place, etc. (for the more usual diem dicere):
statutus est comitiis dies,
Liv. 24, 27, 1:
diem patrando facinori statuerat,
id. 35, 35, 15:
multitudini diem statuit ante quam sine fraude liceret ab armis discedere,
Sall. C. 36, 2:
dies insidiis statuitur,
id. J. 70, 3:
ad tempus locumque colloquio statuendum,
Liv. 28, 35, 4:
subverti leges quae sua spatia (= tempora) quaerendis aut potiundis honoribus statuerint,
Tac. A. 2, 36.—With ellipsis of dat.:
observans quem statuere diem,
Mart. 4, 54, 6:
noctem unam poscit: statuitur nox,
Tac. A. 13, 44.—Esp. in the part. statutus, fixed, appointed (in MSS. and edd. often confounded with status; v. sisto fin.):
institum ut quotannis... libri diebus statutis (statis) recitarentur,
Suet. Claud. 42:
ut die statuta omnes equos ante regiam producerent,
Just. 1, 10, 1:
quaedam (genera) statutum tempus anni habent,
Plin. 17, 18, 30, § 135:
fruges quoque maturitatem statuto tempore expectant,
Curt. 6, 3, 7:
sacrificium non esse redditum statuto tempore,
id. 8, 2, 6:
statuto tempore quo urbem Mithridati traderet,
Just. 16, 4, 9:
cum ad statutam horam omnes convenissent,
id. 1, 10, 8:
intra tempus statutum,
fixed by the law, Dig. 4, 4, 19 and 20.—
6.
To recount, count up, state (very rare): statue sex et quinquaginta annos, quibus mox divus Augustus rempublicam rexit: adice Tiberii tres et viginti... centum et viginti anni colliguntur, count, fix the number at, Tac. Or. 17:
Cinyphiae segetis citius numerabis aristas... quam tibi nostrorum statuatur summa laborum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 29.—
C.
To decide, determine, with reference to a result, to settle, fix, bring about, choose, make a decision.
1.
Of disputes, differences, questions, etc., between others.
(α).
With interrog.-clause:
ut statuatis hoc judicio utrum posthac amicitias clarorum virorum calamitati hominibus an ornamento esse malitis,
Cic. Balb. 28, 65:
eam potestatem habetis ut statuatis utrum nos... semper miseri lugeamus, an, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 4:
in hoc homine statuatis, possitne senatoribus judicantibus homo nocentissim us pecuniosissimusque damnari,
id. Verr. 1, 16, 47:
vos statuite, recuperatores, utra (sententia) utilior esse videatur,
id. Caecin. 27, 77:
decidis tu statuisque quid iis ad denarium solveretur,
id. Quint. 4, 17:
magni esse judicis statuere quid quemque cuique praestare oporteret,
id. Off. 3, 17, 70:
mihi vero Pompeius statuisse videtur quid vos in judicando spectare oporteret,
id. Mil. 6, 15:
semel (senatus) statuerent quid donatum Masinissae vellent,
Liv. 42, 23:
nec quid faciendum modo sit statuunt, sed, etc.,
decide, dictate, id. 44, 22:
nondum statuerat conservaret eum necne,
Nep. Eum. 11, 2:
statutumque (est) quantum curules, quantum plebei pignoris caperent,
Tac. A. 13, 28: semel nobis esse statuendum quod consilium in illo sequamur, August. ap. Suet. Claud. 4. —
(β).
With de:
ut consules de Caesaris actis cognoscerent, statuerent, judicarent,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, B, 8:
et collegas suos de religione statuisse, in senatu de lege statuturos,
id. ib. 4, 2, 4:
ut de absente eo C. Licinius statueret ac judicaret,
Liv. 42, 22:
si de summa rerum liberum senatui permittat rex statuendi jus,
id. 42, 62: qui ab exercitu ab imperatore eove cui de ea re statuendi potestas fuerit, dimissus erit, Edict. Praet. in Dig. 3, 2, 1.—Often with reference to punishment:
cum de P. Lentulo ceterisque statuetis, pro certo habetote, vos simul de exercitu Catilinae decernere,
Sall. C. 52, 17:
satis visum de Vestilia statuere,
to pass sentence against, Tac. A. 2, 85:
jus statuendi de procuratoribus,
id. ib. 12, 54:
facta patribus potestate statuendi de Caeciliano,
id. ib. 6, 7; so id. ib. 13, 28; cf. id. ib. 15, 14; 2, 85; Suet. Tib. 61 fin. —In partic.: de se statuere, to decide on, or dispose of one's self, i. e. of one's life, = to commit suicide:
eorum qui de se statuebant humabantur corpora,
Tac. A. 6, 29.—
(γ).
With de and abl. and interrog.-clause:
si quibusdam populis permittendum esse videatur ut statuant ipsi de suis rebus quo jure uti velint,
Cic. Balb. 8, 22.—
(δ).
With contra:
consequeris tamen ut eos ipsos quos contra statuas aequos placatosque dimittas,
Cic. Or. 10, 34. —
(ε).
With indef. obj., usu. a neutr. pron.:
utrum igitur hoc Graeci statuent... an nostri praetores?
Cic. Fl. 12, 27:
dixisti quippiam: fixum (i. e. id) et statutum est,
id. Mur. 30, 62:
eoque utrique quod statuit contenti sunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87:
senatus, ne quid absente rege statueret,
Liv. 39, 24, 13:
maturato opus est, quidquid statuere placet (senatui),
id. 8, 13, 17:
id ubi in P. Licinio ita statutum est,
id. 41, 15, 10:
interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,
Curt. 8, 14, 43:
quid in futurum statuerim, aperiam,
Tac. A. 4, 37:
utque rata essent quae procuratores sui in judicando statuerent,
Suet. Claud. 12;
qul statuit aliquid parte inaudita altera, aequum licet statuerit, haud aequus fuit,
Sen. Med. 2, 199:
non ergo quod libet statuere arbiter potest,
Dig. 4, 8, 32, § 15; cf.:
earum rerum quas Caesar statuisset, decrevisset, egisset,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, C, 11.—
(ζ).
With de or super and abl.:
vos de crudelissimis parricidis quid statuatis cunctamini?
Sall. C. 52, 31:
nihil super ea re nisi ex voluntate filii statuere,
Suet. Tib. 13:
ne quid super tanta re absente principe statueretur,
Tac. H. 4, 9.—
(η).
Absol., mostly pass. impers.:
ita expediri posse consilium ut pro merito cujusque statueretur,
Liv. 8, 14, 1:
tunc ut quaeque causa erit statuetis,
id. 3, 53, 10:
non ex rumore statuendum,
decisions should not be founded on rumors, Tac. A. 3, 69.—
(θ).
With cognoscere, to examine ( officially) and decide:
petit ut vel ipse de eo causa cognita statuat, vel civitatem statuere jubeat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 19:
consuli ut cognosceret statueretque senatus permiserat,
Liv. 39, 3, 2:
missuros qui de eorum controversiis cognoscerent statuerentque,
id. 40, 20, 1; 45, 13, 11:
quod causa cognita erit statuendum,
Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 8.—
2.
With reference to the mind of the subject, to decide, to make up one's mind, conclude, determine, be convinced, usu. with interrog.clause:
numquam intellegis, statuendum tibi esse, utrum illi homicidae sint an vindices libertatis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 12, 30:
illud mirum videri solet, tot homines... statuere non potuisse, utrum judicem an arbitrum, rem an litem dici oporteret,
id. Mur. 12, 27:
neque tamen possum statuere, utrum magis mirer, etc.,
id. de Or. 3, 22, 82:
ipsi statuerent, quo tempore possent suo jure arma capere,
id. Tull. 5, 12:
ut statuerem quid esset faciendum,
id. Att. 7, 26, 3:
statuere enim qui sit sapiens, vel maxime videtur esse sapientis,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:
si habes jam statutum quid tibi agendum putes,
id. Fam. 4, 2, 4:
tu quantum tribuendum nobis putes statuas ipse, et, ut spero, statues ex nostra dignitate,
id. ib. 5, 8, 4:
vix statui posse utrum quae pro se, an quae contra fratrem petiturus esset ab senatu magis impetrabilia forent,
Liv. 45, 19, 6:
quam satis statuerat, utram foveret partem,
id. 42, 29, 11:
posse ipsam Liviam statuere, nubendum post Drusum, an, etc.,
Tac. A. 4, 40:
statue quem poenae extrahas,
Sen. Troad. 661.—So with apud animum, to make up one's mind:
vix statuere apud animum meum possum atrum pejor ipsa res an pejore exemplo agatur,
Liv. 34, 2, 4:
proinde ipsi primum statuerent apud animos quid vellent,
id. 6, 39, 11.—Rarely with neutr, pron. as object:
quidquid nos de communi sententia statuerimus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2:
sic statue, quidquid statuis, ut causam famamque tuam in arto stare scias,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 1306.—
D.
To decree, order, prescribe.
1.
With ut or ne: statuunt ut decem milia hominum in oppidum submittantur, [p. 1754] Caes. B. G. 7, 21:
eos (Siculos) statuisse ut hoc quod dico postularet,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 103:
statuunt illi atque decernunt ut eae litterae... removerentur,
id. ib. 2, 2, 71, §
173: statuit iste ut arator... vadimonium promitteret,
id. ib. 2, 3, 15, §
38: orare patres ut statuerent ne absentium nomina reciperentur,
id. ib. 2, 2, 42, §
103: statuitur ne post M. Brutum proconsulem sit Creta provincia,
id. Phil. 2, 38, 97:
(Tiberius) auxit patrum honorem statuendo ut qui ad senatum provocavissent, etc.,
Tac. A. 14, 28:
statuiturque (a senatu) ut... in servitute haberentur,
id. ib. 12, 53.—So of a decree, determination, or agreement by several persons or parties to be carried out by each of them:
statutum esse (inter plebem et Poenos) ut... impedimenta diriperent,
Liv. 23, 16, 6:
Athenienses cum statuerent, ut urbe relicta naves conscenderent,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48:
statuunt ut fallere custodes tentent,
Ov. M. 4, 84.—
2.
With acc. (post-Aug.):
remedium statuere,
to prescribe a remedy against public abuses, Tac. A. 3, 28; 6, 4:
Caesar ducentesimam (vectigalis) in posterum statuit,
decreed that one half of one per cent. be the tax, id. ib. 2, 42.—So with sic (= hoc):
sic, di, statuistis,
Ov. M. 4, 661.—
3.
With dat. and acc. (not ante-Aug.):
eis (Vestalibus) stipendium de publico statuit,
decreed, allowed a salary, Liv. 1, 20, 3:
Aurelio quoque annuam pecuniam statuit princeps,
decreed, granted, Tac. A. 13, 34:
biduum criminibus obiciendis statuitur,
are allowed, id. ib. 3, 13:
itaque et alimenta pueris statuta... et patribus praemia statuta,
Just. 12, 4, 8:
ceu Aeolus insanis statuat certamina ventis,
Stat. Th. 6, 300:
non hoc statui sub tempore rebus occasum Aeoniis,
id. ib. 7, 219:
statuere alicui munera,
Val. Fl. 2, 566.—
4.
With dat. and interrog.-clause:
cur his quoque statuisti quantum ex hoc genere frumenti darent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 21, § 53:
ordo iis quo quisque die supplicarent, statutus,
Liv. 7, 28, 8.—
5.
In partic., of punishment, etc., to decree, measure out, inflict.
(α).
With poenam, etc., with or without in and acc. pers. (mostly post-Aug.):
considerando... in utra (lege) major poena statuatur,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 145:
poenam statui par fuisse,
Tac. A. 14, 49:
qui non judicium, sed poenam statui videbant,
id. ib. 11, 6:
eadem poena in Catum Firmium statuitur,
id. ib. 6, 31:
senatu universo in socios facinoris ultimam statuente poenam,
Suet. Caes. 14;
so with mercedem (= poenam): debuisse gravissimam temeritatis mercedem statui,
Liv. 39, 55, 3; cf.
also: Thrasea, non quidquid nocens reus pati mereretur, id egregio sub principe statuendum disseruit,
Tac. A. 14, 48.— Absol.:
non debere eripi patribus vim statuendi (sc. poenas),
Tac. A. 3, 70.—
(β).
With indef. obj., generally with in and acc.: aliquid gravius in aliquem, to proceed severely against:
obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20:
fac aliquid gravius in Hejum statuisse Mamertinos,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 19:
res monet cavere ab illis magis quam quid in illos statuamus consultare,
Sall. C. 52, 3:
qui cum triste aliquid statuit, fit tristis et ipse,
Ov. P. 2, 2, 119:
si quid ob eam rem de se crudelius statuerent,
Just. 2, 15, 10.—
(γ).
With a word expressing the kind of punishment (post-Aug.):
in Pompeiam Sabinam exilium statuitur,
Tac. A. 6, 24 (18).—
(δ).
De capite, to pass sentence of death:
legem illam praeclaram quae de capite civis Romani nisi comitiis centuriatis statui vetaret,
Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61.—
E.
Referring to one's own acts, to resolve, determine, purpose, to propose, with inf. (first in Cic.;
freq. and class.): statuit ab initio et in eo perseveravit, jus publicano non dicere,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 5, 10:
P. Clodius cum statuisset omni scelere in praetura vexare rem publicam,
id. Mil. 9, 24:
statuerat excusare,
to decline the office, id. Lig. 7, 21:
cum statuissem scribere ad te aliquid,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
quod iste certe statuerat et deliberaverat non adesse,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 1:
se statuisse animum advertere in omnes nauarchos,
id. ib. 2, 5, 40, §
105: nam statueram in perpetuum tacere,
id. Fam. 4, 4, 4:
statueram... nihil de illo dicere,
id. Fragm. Clod. 1, 1:
statueram recta Appia Romam (i. e. venire),
id. Att. 16, 10, 1:
Pompeius statuerat bello decertare,
Caes. B. C. 3, 86: si cedere hinc statuisset, Liv. 44, 39, 7:
triumphare mense Januario statuerat,
id. 39, 15:
immemor sim propositi quo statui non ultra attingere externa nisi qua Romanis cohaererent rebus,
id. 39, 48:
rex quamquam dissimulare statuerat,
id. 42, 21:
opperiri ibi hostium adventum statuit,
id. 42, 54, 9:
ut statuisse non pugnare consules cognitum est,
id. 2, 45, 9:
exaugurare fana statuit,
id. 1, 55, 2:
Delphos mittere statuit,
id. 1, 56, 5:
eos deducere in agros statuerunt,
id. 40, 38, 2:
tradere se, ait, moenia statuisse,
id. 8, 25, 10:
Samnitium exercitus certamine ultimo fortunam experiri statuit,
id. 7, 37, 4:
statuit sic adfectos hosti non obicere,
id. 44, 36, 2:
sub idem tempus statuit senatus Carthaginem excidere,
Vell. 1, 12, 2:
statui pauca disserere,
Tac. H. 4, 73:
amoliri juvenem specie honoris statuit,
id. A. 2, 42:
statuerat urbem novam condere,
Curt. 4, 8, 1:
statuerat parcere urbi conditae a Cyro,
id. 7, 6, 20:
rex statuerat inde abire,
id. 7, 11, 4:
Alexander statuerat ex Syria petere Africam,
id. 10, 1, 17; 10, 5, 24; 5, 27 (9), 13; so,
statutum habere cum animo ac deliberatum,
to have firmly and deliberately resolved, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 95.—With sic:
caedis initium fecisset a me, sic enim statuerat,
id. Phil. 3, 7, 29.—
F.
To judge, declare as a judgment, be of opinion, hold (especially of legal opinions), think, consider (always implying the establishment of a principle, or a decided conviction; cf.: existimo, puto, etc.).
1.
With acc. and inf.
a.
In gen.:
senatus consulta falsa delata ab eo judicavimus... leges statuimus per vim et contra auspicia latas,
Cic. Phil. 12, 5, 12:
statuit senatus hoc ne illi quidem esse licitum cui concesserat omnia,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 35, § 81:
quin is tamen (judex) statuat fieri non posse ut de isto non severissime judicetur,
id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §
144: hujusce rei vos (recuperatores) statuetis nullam esse actionem qui obstiterit armatis hominibus?
id. Caecin. 13, 39, ut quisquam juris numeretur peritus, qui id statuit esse jus quod non oporteat judicari, who holds that to be the law, id. ib. 24, 68:
is (Pompeius) se in publico statuit esse non posse,
id. Pis. 13, 29:
tu unquam tantam plagam tacitus accipere potuisses, nisi hoc ita statuisses, quidquid dixisses te deterius esse facturum?
id. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 133:
si causa cum causa contenderet, nos nostram perfacile cuivis probaturos statuebamus,
we were sure, id. Quint. 30, 92:
non statuit sibi quidquam licere quod non patrem suum facere vidisset,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211:
hi sibi nullam societatem communis utilitatis causa statuunt esse cum civibus,
assume, id. Off. 3, 6, 28:
cum igitur statuisset opus esse ad eam rem constituendam pecunia,
had become convinced, id. ib. 2, 23, 82:
quo cive neminem ego statuo in hac re publica esse fortiorem,
id. Planc. 21, 51:
quam quidem laudem sapientiae statuo esse maximam,
id. Fam. 5, 13, 1:
hoc anno statuit temporis esse satis,
Ov. F. 1, 34:
nolim statuas me mente maligna id facere,
Cat. 67, 37.— So with sic:
velim sic statuas tuas mihi litteras longissimas quasque gratissimas fore,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33 fin.:
ego sic statuo a me in hac causa pietatis potius quam defensionis partes esse susceptas,
I hold, lay down as the principle of my defence, id. Sest. 2, 3:
quod sic statuit omnino consularem legem nullam putare,
id. ib. 64, 135:
sic statuo et judico, neminem tot et tanta habuisse ornamenta dicendi,
id. Or. 2, 28, 122. —Hence, statui, I have judged, i. e. I know, and statueram, I had judged, i. e. I knew:
ut ego qui in te satis consilii statuerim esse, mallem Peducaeum tibi consilium dare quam me, ironically,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4:
qui saepe audissent, nihil esse pulchrius quam Syracusarum moenia, statuerant se, si ea Verre praetore non vidissent, numquam esse visuros,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 95.—With neutr. pron.:
si dicam non recte aliquid statuere eos qui consulantur,
that they hold an erroneous opinion, Cic. Caecin. 24, 68; cf.:
quis hoc statuit umquam, aut cui concedi potest, ut eum jure potuerit occidere a quo, etc.,
id. Tull. 24, 56; Quint. 5, 13, 21.—
b.
Particularly of a conclusion drawn from circumstances, to judge, infer, conclude; declare (as an inference):
cum tuto senatum haberi non posse judicavistis, tum statuiistis, etiam intra muros Antonii scelus versari,
Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13: quod si aliter statuetis, videte ne hoc vos statuatis, qui vivus decesserit, ei vim non esse factam, id. Caecin. 16, 46:
quid? si tu ipse statuisti, bona P. Quinctii ex edicto possessa non esse?
id. Quint. 24, 76:
ergo ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,
id. Off. 3, 16, 67:
Juppiter esse pium statuit quodcumque juvaret,
Ov. H. 4, 133.—With neutr. pron.:
hoc (i. e. litteris Gabinii credendum non esse) statuit senatus cum frequens supplicationem Gabinio denegavit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 6, 14:
quod si tum statuit opus esse, quid cum ille decessisset, Flacco existimatis statuendum et faciendum fuisse?
id. Fl. 12, 29; cf. id. Caecin. 16, 46, supra; so,
hoc si ita statuetis,
id. ib. 16, 47.—
c.
Esp. with gerund.-clause.
(α).
To hold, judge, think, consider, acknowledge, that something must be done, or should have been done:
tu cum tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas... non statuebas tibi de illorum factis rationem esse reddendam?
did you not consider, did it not strike you? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29: statuit, si hoc crimen extenuari vellet, nauarchos omnes vita esse privandos, he thought it necessary to deprive, etc., id. ib. 2, 5, 40, §
103: ut statuas mihi non modo non cedendum, sed etiam tuo auxilio utendum fuisse,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 10:
statuebam sic, boni nihil ab illis nugis expectandum,
id. Sest. 10, 24:
Antigonus statuit aliquid sibi consilii novi esse capiendum,
Nep. Eum. 8, 4. —So with opus fuisse:
ut hoc statuatis oratione longa nihil opus fuisse,
acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56: causam sibi dicendam esse statuerat jam ante quam hoc usu venit, knew (cf. a. supra), id. ib. 2, 5, 39, § 101. —
(β).
To think that one must do something, to resolve, propose, usu. with dat. pers.:
manendum mihi statuebam quasi in vigilia quadam consulari ac senatoria,
Cic. Phil. 1, 1, 1: quae vobis fit injuria si statuimus, vestro nobis judicio standum esse, if we conclude, purpose, to abide, etc., id. Fl. 27, 65:
ut ea quae statuisses tibi in senatu dicenda, reticeres,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 1:
statuit tamen nihil sibi in tantis injuriis gravius faciendum,
id. Clu. 6, 16:
Caesar statuit exspectandam classem,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
non expectandum sibi statuit dum, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 11:
quod eo tempore statuerat non esse faciendum,
id. B. C. 3, 44:
statuit sibi nihil agitandum,
Sall. J. 39, 5:
Metellus statuit alio more bellum gerendum,
id. ib. 54, 5:
Laco statuit accuratius sibi agendum cum Pharnabazo,
Nep. Alcib. 10, 2:
sororis filios tollendos statuit,
Just. 38, 1.—
2.
With ut:
si, ut Manilius statuebat, sic est judicatum (= ut judicandum esse statuebat),
Cic. Caecin. 24, 69:
ut veteres statuerunt poetae (ut = quod ita esse),
id. Arat. 267 (33): quae majora auribus accepta sunt quam oculis noscuntur, ut statuit, as he thought, i. e. that those things were greater, etc., Liv. 45, 27:
cum esset, ut ego mihi statuo, talis qualem te esse video,
Cic. Mur. 14, 32.—
3.
With two acc. (= duco, existimo):
omnes qui libere de re publica sensimus, statuit ille quidem non inimicos, sed hostes,
regarded not as adversaries, but as foes, Cic. Phil. 11, 1, 3:
Anaximenes aera deum statuit,
id. N. D. 10, 26:
voluptatem summum bonum statuens,
id. Off. 1, 2, 5:
video Lentulum cujus ego parentem deum ac patronum statuo fortunae ac nominis mei,
id. Sest. 69, 144:
si rectum statuerimus concedere amicis quidquid velint,
id. Lael. 11, 38:
Hieronymus summum bonum statuit non dolere,
id. Fin. 2, 6, 19:
noster vero Plato Titanum e genere statuit eos qui... adversentur magistratibus,
id. Leg. 3, 2, 5:
decretum postulat, quo justae inter patruos fratrumque filias nuptiae statuerentur,
Tac. A. 12, 7:
optimum in praesentia statuit reponere odium,
id. Agr. 39.— P. a.: stătūtus, a, um, i. e. baculo, propped, leaning on a stick (dub. v. I. C. supra):
vidistis senem... statutum, ventriosum?
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 11.—Hence, subst.: stătūtum, i, n., a law, decision, determination, statute (late Lat.):
Dei,
Lact. 2, 16, 14:
Parcarum leges ac statuta,
id. 1, 11, 14:
statuta Dei et placita,
id. 7, 25, 8.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > statuo
72 go into

1) (to make a careful study of (something): We'll need to go into this plan in detail.) estudiar en profundidad, examinar, investigar

2) (to discuss in detail: I don't want to go into the problems at the moment.) entrar en, discutir

go into vb entrar en

he went into the kitchen entró en la cocina

go into

v.

• adentrar v.

• trascender v.

v + prep + o

1)

a) ( enter) \<\<room/building\>\> entrar en, entrar a (AmL)

b) ( crash into) \<\<car/wall\>\> chocar* contra

c) ( fit into) entrar en

d) ( be divisible into)

5 goes into 20 4 times — 20 dividido por 5 da 4

5 into 11 doesn't go — 11 no es divisible por 5

2)

a) (start, embark on) \<\<phase/era\>\> entrar en, empezar*

b) ( enter certain state) \<\<comaance\>\> entrar en

he went into hysterics — le dio un ataque de histeria

c) ( enter profession) \<\<television/Parliament\>\> entrar en

she wants to go into publishing — quiere meterse en el mundo editorial

3)

a) (discuss, explain) entrar en

I don't want to go into that — no quiero entrar en ese tema

she refused to go into why she resigned — se negó a explicar por qué había dimitido

b) (investigate, analyze) \<\<problem/motives\>\> analizar*, estudiar

4) ( be devoted to)

after all the money/work that has gone into this! — después de todo el dineroabajo que se ha metido en esto!

so much time and energy goes into keeping the place tidy — lleva mucho tiempo y esfuerzo mantenerlo todo ordenado

VI + PREP

1) (=enter) (lit) entrar en

she went into the kitchen — entró en la cocina

to go into politics — entrar en la política, dedicarse a la política

he doesn't want to go into industry — no quiere dedicarse a la industria

he's thinking about going into the police force — está pensando entrar en el cuerpo de policía
hiding I, 1.
2) (=go to)

Ed has had to go into work — Ed ha tenido que ir a trabajar

he's had to go into hospital — ha tenido que ingresar en el hospital

3) (=embark on) [+ explanation, details] meterse en; (=investigate, examine) examinar a fondo

let's not go into all that now — dejemos todo eso por ahora

4) (=fall into) [+ trance, coma] entrar en

he went into fits of laughter — le entró or le dio un ataque de risa

5) (=be spent on) [money, resources] dedicarse a

a lot of money went into the research — se dedicó mucho dinero a la investigación

6) (Aut)

to go into first gear — meter primera velocidad

they went into the back of a lorry in the ice — resbalaron sobre el hielo y chocaron contra la parte trasera de un camión

* * *

v + prep + o

1)

a) ( enter) \<\<room/building\>\> entrar en, entrar a (AmL)

b) ( crash into) \<\<car/wall\>\> chocar* contra

c) ( fit into) entrar en

d) ( be divisible into)

5 goes into 20 4 times — 20 dividido por 5 da 4

5 into 11 doesn't go — 11 no es divisible por 5

2)

a) (start, embark on) \<\<phase/era\>\> entrar en, empezar*

b) ( enter certain state) \<\<coma/trance\>\> entrar en

he went into hysterics — le dio un ataque de histeria

c) ( enter profession) \<\<television/Parliament\>\> entrar en

she wants to go into publishing — quiere meterse en el mundo editorial

3)

a) (discuss, explain) entrar en

I don't want to go into that — no quiero entrar en ese tema

she refused to go into why she resigned — se negó a explicar por qué había dimitido

b) (investigate, analyze) \<\<problem/motives\>\> analizar*, estudiar

4) ( be devoted to)

after all the money/work that has gone into this! — después de todo el dinero/trabajo que se ha metido en esto!

so much time and energy goes into keeping the place tidy — lleva mucho tiempo y esfuerzo mantenerlo todo ordenado

English-spanish dictionary > go into
73 switchboard
коммутатор
Устройство, обеспечивающее посредством включения, отключения и переключения электрических цепей выбор требуемой выходной цепи и соединение с ней входной цепи
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

Тематики
- аппарат, изделие, устройство...
EN
- commutator
- switchboard
DE
FR
- commutateur
коммутаторная панель
распределительный щит
Устройство, конструктивно объединяющее несколько коммутационных элементов, предназначенных для включения, отключения и переключения электрических цепей и каналов связи в ручном режиме.
[Л.М. Невдяев. Телекоммуникационные технологии. Англо-русский толковый словарь-справочник. Под редакцией Ю.М. Горностаева. Москва, 2002]

Тематики
- электросвязь, основные понятия
Синонимы
- распределительный щит
EN
- switchboard
коммутационный щит
—
[Я.Н.Лугинский, М.С.Фези-Жилинская, Ю.С.Кабиров. Англо-русский словарь по электротехнике и электроэнергетике, Москва, 1999 г.]

Тематики
- электротехника, основные понятия
EN
- switchboard
низковольтное устройство распределения и управления (НКУ)
Низковольтные коммутационные аппараты и устройства управления, измерения, сигнализации, защиты, регулирования, собранные совместно, со всеми внутренними электрическими и механическими соединениями и конструктивными элементами.
[ ГОСТ Р МЭК 61439-1-2012]

низковольтное устройство распределения и управления
Комбинация низковольтных коммутационных аппаратов с устройствами управления, измерения, сигнализации, защиты, регулирования и т. п., полностью смонтированных изготовителем НКУ (под его ответственность на единой конструктивной основе) со всеми внутренними электрическими и механическими соединениями с соответствующими конструктивными элементами
Примечания
1. В настоящем стандарте сокращение НКУ используют для обозначения низковольтных комплектных устройств распределения и управления.
2. Аппараты, входящие в состав НКУ, могут быть электромеханическими или электронными.
3. По различным причинам, например по условиям транспортирования или изготовления, некоторые операции сборки могут быть выполнены на месте установки, вне предприятия-изготовителя.
[ ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000 ( МЭК 60439-1-92)]

EN

power switchgear and controlgear assembly (PSC-assembly)
low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly used to distribute and control energy for all types of loads, intended for industrial, commercial and similar applications where operation by ordinary persons is not intended
[IEC 61439-2, ed. 1.0 (2009-01)]

low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly
combination of one or more low-voltage switching devices together with associated control, measuring, signalling, protective, regulation equipment, etc., completely assembled under the responsibility of the manufacturer with all the internal electrical and mechanical interconnections and structural parts.
[IEC 61892-3, ed. 2.0 (2007-11)]

switchgear and controlgear
a general term covering switching devices and their combination with associated control, measuring, protective and regulating equipment, also assemblies of such devices and equipment with associated interconnections, accessories, enclosures and supporting structures
[IEV number 441-11-01]

switchgear and controlgear
electric equipment intended to be connected to an electric circuit for the purpose of carrying out one or more of the following functions: protection, control, isolation, switching
NOTE – The French and English terms can be considered as equivalent in most cases. However, the French term has a broader meaning than the English term and includes for example connecting devices, plugs and socket-outlets, etc. In English, these latter devices are known as accessories.
[IEV number 826-16-03 ]

switchboard
A large single electric control panel, frame, or assembly of panels on which are mounted (either on the back or on the face, or both) switches, overcurrent and other protective devices, buses, and usually instruments; not intended for installation in a cabinet but may be completely enclosed in metal; usually is accessible from both the front and rear.
[ McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Architecture & Construction]

switchboard
One or more panels accommodating control switches, indicators, and other apparatus for operating electric circuits
[ The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language]

FR

ensemble d'appareillage de puissance (ensemble PSC)
ensemble d'appareillage à basse tension utilisé pour répartir et commander l'énergie pour tous les types de charges et prévu pour des applications industrielles, commerciales et analogues dans lesquelles l'exploitation par des personnes ordinaires n'est pas prévue
[IEC 61439-2, ed. 1.0 (2009-01)]

appareillage, m
matériel électrique destiné à être relié à un circuit électrique en vue d'assurer une ou plusieurs des fonctions suivantes: protection, commande, sectionnement, connexion
NOTE – Les termes français et anglais peuvent être considérés comme équivalents dans la plupart des cas. Toutefois, le terme français couvre un domaine plus étendu que le terme anglais, et comprend notamment les dispositifs de connexion, les prises de courant, etc. En anglais, ces derniers sont dénommés "accessories".
[IEV number 826-16-03 ]

appareillage
terme général applicable aux appareils de connexion et à leur combinaison avec des appareils de commande, de mesure, de protection et de réglage qui leur sont associés, ainsi qu'aux ensembles de tels appareils avec les connexions, les accessoires, les enveloppes et les charpentes correspondantes
[IEV number 441-11-01]

A switchboard as defined in the National Electrical Code is a large single panel, frame, or assembly of panels on which are mounted, on the face or back or both switches, overcurrent and other protective devices, buses, and, usually, instruments.
Switchboards are generally accessible from the rear as well as from the front and are not intended to be installed in cabinets.
The types of switchboards, classified by basic features of construction, are as follows:
1. Live-front vertical panels
2. Dead-front boards
3. Safety enclosed boards( metal-clad)

[American electricians’ handbook]

Параллельные тексты EN-RU

The switchboard plays an essential role in the availability of electric power, while meeting the needs of personal and property safety.

Its definition, design and installation are based on precise rules; there is no place for improvisation.

The IEC 61439 standard aims to better define " low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies", ensuring that the specified performances are reached.

It specifies in particular:

> the responsibilities of each player, distinguishing those of the original equipment manufacturer - the organization that performed the original design and associated verification of an assembly in accordance with the standard, and of the assembly manufacturer - the organization taking responsibility for the finished assembly;

> the design and verification rules, constituting a benchmark for product certification.

All the component parts of the electrical switchboard are concerned by the IEC 61439 standard.

Equipment produced in accordance with the requirements of this switchboard standard ensures the safety and reliability of the installation.

A switchboard must comply with the requirements of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 to guarantee the safety and reliability of the installation.

Managers of installations, fully aware of the professional and legal liabilities weighing on their company and on themselves, demand a high level of safety for the electrical installation.

What is more, the serious economic consequences of prolonged halts in production mean that the electrical switchboard must provide excellent continuity of service, whatever the operating conditions.

[Schneider Electric]

НКУ играет главную роль в обеспечении электроэнергией, удовлетворяя при этом всем требованиям по безопасности людей и сохранности имущества.

Выбор конструкции, проектирование и монтаж основаны на чётких правилах, не допускающих никакой импровизации.

Требования к низковольтным комплектным устройствам распределения и управления сформулированы в стандарте МЭК 61439 (ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000).

В частности, он определяет:

> распределение ответственности между изготовителем НКУ - организацией, разработавшей конструкцию НКУ и проверившей его на соответствие требованиям стандарта, и сборщиком – организацией, выполнившей сборку НКУ;

> конструкцию, технические характеристики, виды и методы испытаний НКУ.

В стандарте МЭК 61439 (ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000) описываются все компоненты НКУ.

Оборудование, изготовленное в соответствии с требованиями этого стандарта, обеспечивает безопасность и надежность электроустановки.

Для того чтобы гарантировать безопасность эксплуатации и надежность работы электроустановки, распределительный щит должен соответствовать требованиям стандарта МЭК 61439-1 и 2.

Лица, ответственные за электроустановки, должны быть полностью осведомлены о профессиональной и юридической ответственности, возложенной на их компанию и на них лично, за обеспечение высокого уровня безопасности эксплуатации этих электроустановок.

Кроме того, поскольку длительные перерывы производства приводят к серьезным экономическим последствиям, электрический распределительный щит должен обеспечивать надежную и бесперебойную работу независимо от условий эксплуатации.

[Перевод Интент]

LV switchgear assemblies are undoubtedly the components of the electric installation more subject to the direct intervention of personnel (operations, maintenance, etc.) and for this reason users demand from them higher and higher safety requirements.

The compliance of an assembly with the state of the art and therefore, presumptively, with the relevant technical Standard, cannot be based only on the fact that the components which constitute it comply with the state of the art and therefore, at least presumptively, with the relevant technical standards.

In other words, the whole assembly must be designed, built and tested in compliance with the state of the art.

Since the assemblies under consideration are low voltage equipment, their rated voltage shall not exceed 1000 Va.c. or 1500 Vd.c. As regards currents, neither upper nor lower limits are provided in the application field of this Standard.

The Standard IEC 60439-1 states the construction, safety and maintenance requirements for low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies, without dealing with the functional aspects which remain a competence of the designer of the plant for which the assembly is intended.

[ABB]

Низковольтные комплектные устройства (НКУ), вне всякого сомнения, являются частями электроустановок, которые наиболее подвержены непосредственному вмешательству оперативного, обслуживающего и т. п. персонала. Вот почему требования потребителей к безопасности НКУ становятся все выше и выше.

Соответствие НКУ современному положению дел и вследствие этого, гипотетически, соответствующим техническим стандартам, не может основываться только на том факте, что составляющие НКУ компоненты соответствуют современному состоянию дел и поэтому, по крайней мере, гипотетически, - соответствующим техническим стандартам

Другими словами, НКУ должно быть разработано, изготовлено и испытано в соответствии с современными требованиями.

Мы рассматриваем низковольтные комплектные устройства и это означает, что их номинальное напряжение не превышает 1000 В переменного тока или 1500 В постоянного тока. Что касается тока, то ни верхнее, ни нижнее значение стандартами, относящимися к данной области, не оговариваются

Стандарт МЭК 60439-1 устанавливает требования к конструкции, безопасности и техническому обслуживанию низковольтных комплектных устройств без учета их функций, полагая, что функции НКУ являются компетенцией проектировщиков электроустановки, частью которых эти НКУ являются.

[Перевод Интент]

Тематики
- НКУ (шкафы, пульты,...)
Классификация
>>>
Действия
Синонимы
Сопутствующие термины
- изготовитель НКУ
EN
DE
- Schaltanlagen und/oder Schaltgeräte
FR
распределительное устройство
Распределительным устройством (РУ) называется электроустановка, служащая для приема и распределения электроэнергии и содержащая сборные и соединительные шины, коммутационные аппараты, вспомогательные устройства (компрессорные, аккумуляторные и др.), а также устройства защиты, автоматики и измерительные приборы.
[РД 34.20.185-94]

распределительное устройство
Электроустановка, предназначенная для приема и распределения электрической энергии на одном напряжении и содержащая коммутационные аппараты и соединяющие их сборные шины [секции шин], устройства управления и защиты.
Примечание. К устройствам управления относятся аппараты и связывающие их элементы обеспечивающие контроль, измерение, сигнализацию и выполнение команд.
[ ГОСТ 24291-90]
[ ГОСТ Р 53685-2009]

электрическое распределительное устройство
распределительное устройство
Устройство, предназначенное для приема и распределения электроэнергии на одном напряжении и содержащее коммутационные аппараты и соединяющие их сборные соединительные устройства.
Примечание. В состав распределительного устройства дополнительно могут входить устройства защиты и управления
[ОСТ 45.55-99]

распределительное устройство
Электроустановка, служащая для приема и распределения электроэнергии и содержащая коммутационные аппараты, сборные и соединительные шины, вспомогательные устройства (компрессорные, аккумуляторные и др.), а также устройства защиты, автоматики и измерительные приборы.
[ПОТ Р М-016-2001]
[РД 153-34.0-03.150-00]

устройство распределительное
Совокупность аппаратов и приборов для приёма и распределения электроэнергии одного напряжения, вырабатываемой электростанцией или преобразуемой подстанцией
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

EN

switching substation
a substation which includes switchgear and usually busbars, but no power transformers
[IEV number 605-01-02]

FR

poste de sectionnement
poste de coupure
poste comprenant des organes de manoeuvre et généralement des jeux de barres, à l'exclusion de transformateurs de puissance
[IEV number 605-01-02]

В качестве РУ 6—10 кВ используется сборка высокого напряжения с однополюсными разъединителями и вертикальным расположением фаз одного присоединения и одна камера КСО с выключателем нагрузки и предохранителями для подключения трансформатора. Для РУ 0,4 кВ применяются сборки низкого напряжения с предохранителями и вертикальным расположением фаз одного присоединения.
На ПС применяются открытые (ОРУ), закрытые (ЗРУ) или комплектные (КРУ) распределительные устройства.

[ http://energy-ua.com/elektricheskie-p/klassifikatsiya.html]

КЛАССИФИКАЦИЯ

В общем случае ПС и РУ являются составной частью электроустановок, которые различаются:
- по назначению:
  - генерирующие,
  - преобразовательно-распределительные,
  - потребительские.
    
    Генерирующие электроустановки служат для выработки электроэнергии, преобразовательно-распределительные электроустановки преобразуют электроэнергию в удобный для передачи и потребления вид, передают ее и распределяют между потребителями;
- по роду тока:
  - постоянного тока,
  - переменного тока.
- по напряжению:
  - до 1000 В,
  - выше 1000 В.
Шкала номинальных напряжений ограничена сравнительно небольшим числом стандартных значений, благодаря чему изготавливается небольшое число типоразмеров машин и оборудования, а электросети выполняются более экономичными. В установках трехфазного тока номинальным напряжением принято считать напряжение между фазами (междуфазовое напряжение). Согласно ГОСТ 29322—92 установлена следующая шкала номинальных напряжений:

для электросетей переменного тока частотой 50 Гц междуфазовое напряжение должно быть: 12, 24, 36, 42, 127, 220, 380 В; 3, 6, 10, 20, 35, 110, 150, 220, 330, 500, 750 и 1150 кВ;
для электросетей постоянного тока: 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 110, 220, 440, 660, 825, 3000 В и выше.
- по способу присоединения к электросети ПС разделяются на:
  - тупиковые (блочные),
  - ответвительные (блочные),
  - проходные (транзитные)
  - узловые.
Тупиковые ПС получают питание по одной или двум тупиковым ВЛ.

Ответвительные ПС присоединяются ответвлением к одной или двум проходящим ВЛ с односторонним или двухсторонним питанием.

Проходные ПС включаются в рассечку одной или двух проходящих ВЛ с односторонним или двухсторонним питанием.

Узловые ПС кроме питающих имеют отходящие радиальные или транзитные ВЛ.
- по способу управления ПС могут быть:
  - только с телесигнализацией,
  - телеуправляемыми с телесигнализацией,
  - с телесигнализацией и управлением с общеподстанционного пункта управления (ОПУ).
Подстанции оперативно обслуживаются постоянным дежурным персоналом на щите управления, дежурными на дому или оперативно-выездными бригадами (ОВБ). Ремонт ПС осуществляется специализированными выездными бригадами централизованного ремонта или местным персоналом подстанции.

В РУ напряжением до 1000 В провода, шины, аппараты, приборы и конструкции выбирают как по нормальным условиям работы (напряжению и току), так и по термическим и динамическим воздействиям токов коротких замыканий (КЗ) или предельно допустимой отключаемой мощности.

В РУ и ПС напряжением выше 1000 В расстояния между электрооборудованием, аппаратами, токоведущими частями, изоляторами, ограждениями и конструкциями устанавливаются так, чтобы при нормальном режиме работы электроустановки возникающие физические явления (температура нагрева, электрическая дуга, выброс газов, искрение и др.) не могли привести к повреждению оборудования и КЗ.

[ http://energy-ua.com/elektricheskie-p/klassifikatsiya.html]

Several different classifications of switchgear can be made:
- By the current rating.
- By interrupting rating (maximum short circuit current that the device can safely interrupt)
  - Circuit breakers can open and close on fault currents
  - Load-break/Load-make switches can switch normal system load currents
  - Isolators may only be operated while the circuit is dead, or the load current is very small.
- By voltage class:
  - Low voltage (less than 1,000 volts AC)
  - Medium voltage (1,000–35,000 volts AC)
  - High voltage (more than 35,000 volts AC)
- By insulating medium:
  - Air
  - Gas (SF6 or mixtures)
  - Oil
  - Vacuum
- By construction type:
  - Indoor (further classified by IP (Ingress Protection) class or NEMA enclosure type)
  - Outdoor
  - Industrial
  - Utility
  - Marine
  - Draw-out elements (removable without many tools)
  - Fixed elements (bolted fasteners)
  - Live-front
  - Dead-front
  - Open
  - Metal-enclosed
  - Metal-clad
  - Metal enclosed & Metal clad
  - Arc-resistant
- By IEC degree of internal separation
  - No Separation (Form 1)
  - Busbars separated from functional units (Form 2a, 2b, 3a, 3b, 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separated from busbars (Form 2b, 3b, 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separated from functional units but not from each other (Form 3a, 3b)
  - Functional units separated from each other (Form 3a, 3b, 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separated from each other (Form 4a, 4b)
  - Terminals for external conductors separate from their associated functional unit (Form 4b)
- By interrupting device:
- By operating method:
  - Manually operated
  - Motor/stored energy operated
  - Solenoid operated
- By type of current:
  - Alternating current
  - Direct current
- By application:
  - Transmission system
  - Distribution
- By purpose
  - Isolating switches (disconnectors)
  - Load-break switches.
  - Grounding (earthing) switches
A single line-up may incorporate several different types of devices, for example, air-insulated bus, vacuum circuit breakers, and manually operated switches may all exist in the same row of cubicles.

Ratings, design, specifications and details of switchgear are set by a multitude of standards. In North America mostly IEEE and ANSI standards are used, much of the rest of the world uses IEC standards, sometimes with local national derivatives or variations.

[Robert W. Smeaton (ed) Switchgear and Control Handbook 3rd Ed., Mc Graw Hill, new York 1997]
[ http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_voltage_switchgear]

Тематики
- электрификация, электроснабж. железных дорог
- электроагрегаты генераторные
- электробезопасность
- электроснабжение в целом
Синонимы
- РУ
- электрическое распределительное устройство
EN
DE
- Schaltanlage
- Schaltstation
FR
распределительный щит
Комплектное устройство, содержащее различную коммутационную аппаратуру, соединенное с одной или более отходящими электрическими цепями, питающееся от одной или более входящих цепей, вместе с зажимами для присоединения нейтральных и защитных проводников.
[ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60050-826-2009]

щит распределительный
Электротехническое устройство, объединяющее коммутационную, регулирующую и защитную аппаратуру, а также контрольно-измерительные и сигнальные приборы
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

распределительный щит
—
[А.С.Гольдберг. Англо-русский энергетический словарь. 2006 г.]

EN

distribution board
assembly containing different types of switchgear and controlgear associated with one or more outgoing electric circuits fed from one or more incoming electric circuits, together with terminals for the neutral and protective conductors.
[IEV number 826-16-08]

FR

tableau de répartition, m
ensemble comportant différents types d'appareillage associés à un ou plusieurs circuits électriques de départ alimentés par un ou plusieurs circuits électriques d'arrivée, ainsi que des bornes pour les conducteurs neutre et de protection.
[IEV number 826-16-08]

Параллельные тексты EN-RU

Distribution switchboards, including the Main LV Switchboard (MLVS), are critical to the dependability of an electrical installation. They must comply with well-defined standards governing the design and construction of LV switchgear assemblies

A distribution switchboard is the point at which an incoming-power supply divides into separate circuits, each of which is controlled and protected by the fuses or switchgear of the switchboard. A distribution switchboard is divided into a number of functional units, each comprising all the electrical and mechanical elements that contribute to the fulfilment of a given function. It represents a key link in the dependability chain.

Consequently, the type of distribution switchboard must be perfectly adapted to its application. Its design and construction must comply with applicable standards and working practises.

[Schneider Electric]

Распределительные щиты, включая главный распределительный щит низкого напряжения (ГРЩ), играют решающую роль в обеспечении надежности электроустановки. Они должны отвечать требованиям соответствующих стандартов, определяющих конструкцию и порядок изготовления НКУ распределения электроэнергии.

В распределительном щите выполняется прием электроэнергии и ее распределение по отдельным цепям, каждая из которых контролируется и защищается плавкими предохранителями или автоматическими выключателями.
Распределительный щит состоит из функциональных блоков, включающих в себя все электрические и механические элементы, необходимые для выполнения требуемой функции. Распределительный щит представляет собой ключевое звено в цепи обеспечения надежности.

Тип распределительного щита должен соответствовать области применения. Конструкция и изготовление распределительного щита должны удовлетворять требованиям применимых стандартов и учитывать накопленную практику применения.

[Перевод Интент]

Рис. Schneider Electric

With Prisma Plus G you can be sure to build 100% Schneider Electric switchboards that are safe, optimised:

> All components (switchgear, distribution blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.) are perfectly rated and coordinated to work together;

> All switchboard configurations, even the most demanding ones, have been tested.

You can prove that your switchboard meets the current standards, at any time.

You can be sure to build a reliable electrical installation and give your customers full satisfaction in terms of dependability and safety for people and the installation.

Prisma Plus G with its discreet design, blends harmoniously into all tertiary and industrial buildings, including in entrance halls and passageways.

With Prisma Plus G you can build just the right switchboard for your customer, sized precisely to fit costs and needs.

With this complete, prefabricated and tested system, it's easy to upgrade your installation and still maintain the performance levels.

> The wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures combine easily with switchboards already in service.

> Devices can be replaced or added at any time.

[Schneider Electric]

С помощью оболочек Prisma Plus G можно создавать безопасные распределительные щиты, на 100 % состоящие из изделий Schneider Electric:

> все изделия (коммутационная аппаратура, распределительные блоки, готовые заводские соединения и т. д.) полностью совместимы механически и электрически;

> все варианты компоновки распределительных щитов, в том числе для наиболее ответственных применений, прошли испытания.

В любое время вы можете доказать, что ваши распределительные щиты полностью соответствуют требованиям действующих стандартов.

Вы можете быть полностью уверены в том, что создаете надежные электроустановки, удовлетворяющие всем требованиям безопасности для людей и оборудования

Благодаря строгому дизайну, распределительные щиты Prisma Plus G гармонично сочетаются с интерьером любого общественного или промышленного здания. Они хорошо смотрятся и в вестибюле, и в коридоре.

Применяя оболочки Prisma Plus G можно создавать распределительные щиты, точно соответствующие требованиям заказчика как с точки зрения технических характеристик, так и стоимости.

С помощью данной испытанной системы, содержащей все необходимые компоненты заводского изготовления можно легко модернизировать существующую электроустановку и поддерживать её уровни производительности.

> Навесные и напольные оболочки можно легко присоединить к уже эксплуатируемым распределительным щитам.

> Аппаратуру можно заменять или добавлять в любое время.

[Перевод Интент]

The switchboard, central to the electrical installation.

Both the point of arrival of energy and a device for distribution to the site applications, the LV switchboard is the intelligence of the system, central to the electrical installation.

[Schneider Electric]

Распределительный щит – «сердце» электроустановки.

Низковольтное комплектное устройство распределения является «сердцем» электроустановки, поскольку именно оно принимает электроэнергию из сети и распределяет её по территориально распределенным нагрузкам.

[Перевод Интент]

Тематики
- НКУ (шкафы, пульты,...)
- электроснабжение в целом
EN
DE
- elektrischer Verteiler, m
- Schalttafel
- Verteiler, m
FR
- tableau de distribution
- tableau de répartition, m
Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > switchboard
74 कार्य _kārya

कार्य pot. p. [कृ-कर्मणि ण्यत्] What ought to be done, made, performed, effected &c. कार्या सैकतलीनहंसमिथुना स्रोतोवहा मालिनी Ś.6.17; साक्षिणः कार्याः Ms.8.61; so दण्डः, विचारः &c.

-र्यम् 1 (a) Work, action, act, affair, business; कार्यं त्वया नः प्रतिपन्नकल्पम् Ku.3.14; Ms.5.15. (b) A matter, thing.

-2 Duty; अभिचैद्यं प्रतिष्ठासुरासी- त्कार्यद्वयाकुलः Śi.2.1.

-3 Occupation, enterprize, emer- gent business.

-4 A religious rite or performance.

-5 A motive, object, purpose; कार्यमत्र भविष्यति Pt.2.7 (v. l.); 116; Śi.2.36; H.4.61.

-6 Want, need, occa- sion, business (with instr.); किं कार्यं भवतो हृतेन दयिता- स्नेहस्वहस्तेन मे V.2.2; तृणेन कार्यं भवतीश्वराणाम् Pt.1.71, 4.27; Amaru.73.

-7 Conduct, deportment.

-8 A law-suit, legal business, dispute &c.; बहिर्निष्क्रम्य ज्ञायतां कः कः कार्यार्थीति Mk.9; Ms.8.43.

-9 An effect, the neces- sary result of a cause (opp. कारण).

-1 (In Gram.) Operation; विभक्तिकार्यम् declension.

-11 The denoue- ment of a drama; कार्योपक्षेपमादौ तनुमपि रचयन् Mu.4.3.

-12 Healthiness (in medicine).

-13 Origin.

-14 A body; कार्याश्रयिणश्च कललाद्याः (कार्यं शरीरम्) Sāṅ. K.43. [cf. Germ. kāra; Pers. kār; Prāk. kajja; Mar. kāja]

-Comp. -अक्षम a. unable to do one's duty, incom- petent.

-अकार्यम् to be done and not to be done, right and wrong (action); कार्याकार्यमजानतः गुरोः (परित्यागो विधीयते) Pt.1.36.

-अकार्यविचारः discussion as to the pro- priety or otherwise of anything, deliberation on the arguments for and against any proceeding.

-अधिपः 1 the superintendent of a work or affair.

-2 the planet that decides any question in astrology.

-अपेक्षिन् pursuing a particular object; कुर्वन्त्यकाले$भिव्यक्तिं न कार्या- पेक्षिणो बुधाः Ks.56.133.

-अर्थः 1 the object of any undertaking, a purpose; बलस्य स्वामिनश्चैव स्थितिः कार्यार्थ- सिद्धये Ms.7.167.

-2 an application for employment.

-3 any object or purpose.

-अर्थिन् a.

1 making a request.

-2 seeking to gain one's object or purpose; मनस्वी कार्यार्थी गणयति न दुःखं न च सुखम् Bh.2.81.

-3 seeking an employment.

-4 pleading a cause in court, going to law; Mk.9.

-आश्रयिन् a. Resorting to the body; कार्याश्रयिणश्च कललाद्याः Sāṅ. K.43.

-आसनम् seat of transacting business.

-ईक्षणम् superintendence of public affairs; स्थापयेदासने तस्मिन् खिन्नः कार्येक्षणे नृणाम् Ms.7.141.

-उद्धारः discharge of a duty.

-उद्योगः active engagement in any business.

-कर a. efficacious.

-कर्तृ m.

1 an agent, a workman.

-2 a friend, benefac- tor; नृपतिजनपदानां दुर्लभः कार्यकर्ता Pt.1.131.

-कारणे (dual)

1 cause and effect; object and motive; ˚वर्जितः Pt.1.413.

-2 some special cause of an act; न भक्त्या कस्यचित्को$पि प्रियं प्रकुरुते नरः । मुक्त्वा भयं प्रलोभं वा कार्यकारणमेव वा ॥ Pt.1.412 ˚भावः the relation of cause and effect.

˚संबन्धः The relation of cause and effect. In मीमांसा this is established by the rule of अन्वयव्यतिरेक (i. e. तद्भावे भावः तदभावे अभावः) The earliest exposition of this expression is found in the शाबरभाष्य on MS.4.3.2; cf. कार्यकारणसम्बन्धो नाम स भवति, यस्मिन् सति यद् भवति यस्मिंश्चासति यन्न भवति, तत्रैव कार्य- कारणसंबन्धः । This should be contrasted with the नैयायिक view of अन्वय-व्यतिरेक which they use for establishing व्याप्ति.

-कालः time for action, season, fit time or oppor- tunity; Rām.1. (-n.) कार्यकालं संज्ञापरिभाषम् परिभाषेन्दुशेखर pari. 2 and 3.

-गौरवम् importance of the act, deed, or occasion; respect for the performance; U.7. कार्य- गौरवादात्ययिकवशेन वा Kau. A.1.19.

-चिन्तक a.

1 prudent, cautious, considerate. (

-कः) manager of a business, executive officer; धर्मज्ञाः शुचयो$लुब्धा भवेयुः कार्य- चिन्तकाः Y.2.191.

-च्युत a. out of work, out of employ, dismissed from an office.

-जातम्, -दर्शनम् 1 inspection of a work; Ms.8.9,23.

-2 inquiry into public affairs.

-निर्णयः settlement of an affair; उभयः प्रतिभूर्ग्राह्यः समर्थः कार्यनिर्णये Y.2.1.

-पदवी line of conduct, course of action; पुरावृत्तोद्गारैरपि च कथिता कार्यपदवी Māl.2.13.

-पुटः 1 a man who does any useless thing.

-2 a mad, eccentric or crazy man.

-3 an idler.

-प्रद्वेषः dislike to work, idleness, laziness.

-प्रेष्यः an agent, a messenger.

-भाजनम्, -पात्रम् any one engaged in active life.

-वस्तु n. an aim or object.

-विपत्तिः f. a failure, reverse, misfortune.

-व्यसनम् failure of an affair.

-शेषः 1 the remainder of a business; Ms.7.153.

-2 completion of an affair.

-3 part of a business.

-सिद्धिः f. success, fulfilment of an object.

-स्थानम् a place of business, office.

-हन्तृ 1 obstructing or marring another's work; H.1.77.

-2 opposed to another's interests.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > कार्य _kārya
75 desencajarse

desencajarse

► verbo pronominal

1 (desunirse) to come apart, come loose

2 figurado (rostro) to become distorted, become twisted; (ojos) to look wild

* * *

VPR [cara] to become distorted o contorted; [ojos] to look wild

se le desencajó la mandíbula — he dislocated his jaw

* * *

(v.) = work + loose

Ex. The vibration may cause the chips to work loose over a period of time, and if they have to be pushed back into their sockets, it is very easy to bend or break one of the 'legs'.

* * *

(v.) = work + loose

Ex: The vibration may cause the chips to work loose over a period of time, and if they have to be pushed back into their sockets, it is very easy to bend or break one of the 'legs'.

* * *

■desencajarse verbo reflexivo
1 (pieza) to come out
(hueso) to become dislocated
2 (el rostro) to become distorted
' desencajarse' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
desencajar

* * *

vpr

1. [desajustarse] [piezas, mecanismo] to come out of place;
[hueso] to dislocate;
se le ha desencajado la mandíbula he's dislocated his jaw;

el cajón se ha desencajado the drawer has come off its runners;

la puerta se ha desencajado the door doesn't fit properly in its frame

2. [rostro] to become contorted, to contort

* * *

desencajarse

v/r

1 de pieza come out

2

:

se le ha desencajado la mandíbula he has dislocated his jaw

Spanish-English dictionary > desencajarse
76 many

many ['menɪ] (compar more [mɔ:], superl most [məʊst])

1 adjective

beaucoup de, de nombreux;

∎ many people beaucoup de ou bien des gens;

∎ many years bien des années, de nombreuses années;

∎ many times souvent, bien des fois;

∎ she had cards from all her many admirers elle a reçu des cartes de ses nombreux admirateurs;

∎ take as many books as you like prenez autant de livres ou tous les livres que vous voudrez;

∎ they admitted as many people as they could ils ont laissé entrer autant de gens que possible;

∎ we visited six cities in as many days nous avons visité six villes en autant de jours;

∎ how many…? combien de…?;

∎ how many students came? combien d'étudiants sont venus?;

∎ so many people tant de gens;

∎ there are only so many ways you can cook chicken il n'y a pas une infinité de façons de préparer le poulet;

∎ too many people trop de gens;

∎ we met a good many times on s'est vus bien des fois;

∎ I've received a great many applications j'ai reçu de très nombreuses ou un grand nombre de candidatures

2 pronoun

beaucoup;

∎ many of the audience were children il y avait de nombreux enfants ou beaucoup d'enfants dans l'assistance;

∎ many of them beaucoup d'entre eux;

∎ many's the time bien des fois;

∎ many's the holiday I spent there j'y ai passé bien des vacances;

∎ they admitted as many as they could ils ont laissé entrer autant de gens que possible;

∎ as many again encore autant;

∎ twice/three times as many deux/trois fois plus;

∎ as many as 8,000 students enrolled jusqu'à ou près de 8000 étudiants se sont inscrits;

∎ how many? combien?;

∎ how many were there? combien étaient-ils?;

∎ we can only fit in so many nous n'avons de place que pour un certain nombre de personnes;

∎ don't give me too many ne m'en donne pas trop;

∎ a good many un bon nombre;

∎ a great many un grand nombre

3 predeterminer

∎ many a time bien des fois;

∎ literary many a time and oft maintes et maintes fois;

∎ many a child would be glad of it bien des enfants s'en contenteraient

4 plural noun

∎ (masses) the many la majorité;

∎ the many who loved her tous ceux qui l'aimaient;

∎ the sacrifices made by the few for the many les sacrifices faits par la minorité pour la masse

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > many
77 poner

v.

1 to put.

Ella puso el mantel She set the tablecloth.

Ella puso su mejor esfuerzo She exerted her best effort.

2 to give, to set (asignar) (tarea, examen).

le pusieron Mario they called him Mario

le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam

3 to switch or put on (conectar) (televisión, radio).

4 to send (comunicar) (telegrama, fax).

¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him? (peninsular Spanish)

5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).

¿qué ponen en la tele? what's on the telly?

6 to set up.

ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop

poner la mesa to lay the table

7 to do up.

han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style

8 to put in.

poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business

poner algo de mi/tu/etc. parte to do my/your/etc bit

poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) something

Ponga más sal Put in more salt.

9 to suppose.

pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened

pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days

poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan

10 to say (decir). (peninsular Spanish)

¿qué pone ahí? what does it say?

11 to lay (eggs) (ave).

12 to make, to render, to turn, to get.

13 to apply, to put on.

Ella puso desinfectante She applied disinfectant.

14 to lay eggs, to lay.

La gallina puso The hen laid eggs.

15 to say about.

* * *

PONER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

pongo, pones, pone, ponemos, ponéis, ponen.

Past Indicative

puse, pusiste, puso, pusimos, pusisteis, pusieron.

Future Indicative

pondré, pondrás, pondrá, pondremos, pondréis, pondrán.

Conditional

pondría, pondrías, pondría, pondríamos, pondríais, pondrían.

Present Subjunctive

ponga, pongas, ponga, pongamos, pongáis, pongan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

pusiera, pusieras, pusiera, pusiéramos, pusierais, pusieran;

pusiese, pusieses, pusiese, pusiésemos, pusieseis, pusiesen.

Future Subjunctive

pusiere, pusieres, pusiere, pusiéremos, pusiereis, pusieren.

Imperative

pon (tú), ponga (él/Vd.), pongamos (nos.), poned (vos.), pongan (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

puesto,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to put

2) place

3) set

4) set up, establish

5) add

6) switch on, put on

7) lay

8) install

•

- poner al día
- ponerse
* * *
Para las expresiones poner cuidado, poner en duda, poner por las nubes, poner a parir, poner como un trapo, poner verde, poner de vuelta y media, poner por testigo, ponerse por delante, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=colocar, situar) to put

¿dónde pongo mis cosas? — where shall I put my things?

pon los libros en la estantería — put the books on the shelf

le puso la mano en el hombro — she put a hand on his shoulder

me han puesto en la habitación de arriba — they've put me in the upstairs bedroom

han puesto un anuncio en el periódico — they've put an advertisement in the paper

voy a poner las patatas — I'm going to put the potatoes on

ponle un poco de mantequilla y verás qué bueno — put some butter in it and you'll see how good it is

• poner algo [aparte] — to put sth aside, put sth to one side

• ponlo en su [sitio] — put it back

2) [+ ropa, calzado] to put on

le pusieron un vestido nuevo — they dressed her in a new dress

ponle los zapatos — can you put his shoes on?

3) (=añadir) to add

ponle más sal — add some salt, put some more salt in it

pongo 20 más para llegar a 100 — I'll add 20 more to make it 100

4) (=aplicar, administrar) to put

le pusieron una tirita en la herida — they put a plaster on her wound

ponle talco al cambiarle el pañal — put some talcum powder on him when you change his nappy

le han puesto muchas inyecciones — she's been given a lot of injections

5) (=disponer, preparar)

pon cubiertos para 12 personas — set the table for 12 people

• poner la [mesa] — to lay {o} set the table

6) (=instalar)

a) [+ teléfono, calefacción] to put in

queremos poner moqueta — we want to have a carpet fitted

b) [+ tienda] to open; [+ casa] to furnish

han puesto una tienda de muebles — they've opened a furniture shop

han puesto la casa con todo lujo — they have furnished the house luxuriously

7) (=exponer)

ponlo al sol — leave {o} put it out in the sun

poner algo a secar — to put sth out to dry

8) (=hacer funcionar) [+ radio, televisión, calefacción] to put on, turn on; [+ disco] to put on, play

pon el radiador — put the radiator on

¿pongo música? — shall I put some music on?

9) (=ajustar) [+ despertador] to set

puse el despertador para las siete — I set the alarm for seven o'clock

pon el horno al máximo — put the oven on maximum

• poner el reloj [en hora] — to put one's watch right

• ponlo [más alto] — turn it up

10) (=adoptar)

¿por qué pones esa voz tan tonta? — why are you speaking in that silly voice?

puso acento francés al decirlo — she put on a French accent when she said it

• ¡no pongas esa [cara]! — don't look at me like that!

puso muy mala cara cuando se lo dije — he looked very annoyed when I told him

puso cara de asombro — he looked surprised

11) (=volver) + adj, adv to make

me pone furiosa — he makes me mad

para no ponerle de mal humor — so as not to make him cross, so as not to put him in a bad mood

la has puesto colorada — you've made her blush

la medicina lo puso bueno — the medicine made him better

¡cómo te han puesto! — (=te han manchado) look what a mess you are!; (=te han pegado) they've given you a right thumping!

12) (=servir)

¿qué te pongo? — what can I get you?, what would you like?

¿me pones más patatas? — could I have some more potatoes?

13) (=conectar por teléfono) to put through

póngame con el conserje — put me through to the porter

¿me pone con el Sr. García, por favor? — could you put me through to Mr García, please?

le pongo en seguida — I'll put you through

14) (=exhibir)

¿qué ponen en el cine? — what's on at the cinema?

¿ponen alguna película esta noche? — is there a film on tonight?

15) (=enviar) to send

le puso un telegrama — he sent her a telegram

16) (=escribir) to put

¿qué pongo en la carta? — what shall I put in the letter?

¿te has acordado de poner el remite? — did you remember to put the return address on it?

17) (=decir, estar escrito) to say

¿qué pone aquí? — what does it say here?

18) (=imponer) [+ examen, trabajo] to give, set

nos pone mucho trabajo — he gives {o} sets us a lot of work

el ayuntamiento pone muchos impuestos — council taxes are very high

• me han puesto una [multa] — I've been fined, I've been given a fine

19) (=oponer) [+ inconvenientes] to raise

nos han puesto muchos problemas — they've put a lot of obstacles in our way

• le pone [peros] a todo — he's always finding fault with everything

20) (=aportar, contribuir)
[+ dinero]
he puesto 50 euros de mi bolsillo — I put in 50 euros out of my own pocket

todos pusimos diez euros para el regalo — we all put in ten euros towards the present

yo pongo el dinero pero ella escoge — I do the paying, but she does the choosing

yo pongo la bebida y vosotros el postre — I'll get the drink and you can get the dessert

21) (=invertir) to put in

hemos puesto más de cinco millones — we have put in over five million

puso todos sus ahorros en aquel negocio — he put all his savings into that business

22) (=apostar)

pon tres fichas al rojo — put three chips on red

pongo cinco euros a que mañana llueve — I bet five euros that it will rain tomorrow

23) (=llamar) to call

¿qué nombre {o} cómo le van a poner? — what are they going to call him?, what name are they giving him?

al niño le pusieron Luis — they called the child Luis

24) (=criticar, alabar)

• te puso muy [bien] ante el jefe — she was very nice about you to the boss

me han puesto muy bien esa película — I've heard that film is very good

• ¡[cómo] te han puesto! — (=te han criticado) they had a real go at you!; (=te han alabado) they were really nice about you!

• tu cuñada te ha puesto muy [mal] — your sister-in-law was very nasty about you

25) (=tildar)

• poner a algn [de], la han puesto de idiota para arriba — they called her an idiot and worse

26) (=suponer)

pongamos 120 — let's say 120

• pongamos [que] ganas la lotería — suppose {o} supposing you win the lottery

poniendo que... — supposing that...

27)

• poner a algn [a] + infin —

nada más llegar nos pusieron a barrer — no sooner had we arrived than we were set to sweeping the floor

puso a sus hijos a trabajar — she sent her children out to work

28)

• poner a Juan [bien] con Pedro — to make things up between Juan and Pedro

• poner a Juan [mal] con Pedro — to make Juan fall out with Pedro, cause a rift between Juan and Pedro

29) [en trabajo]

• poner a algn [de], puso a su hija de sirvienta — she got her daughter a job as a servant

lo han puesto de dependiente en una tienda — they got him a job as a shop assistant

30)

- ¡no pongo ni una!

31) [gallina] [+ huevos] to lay

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [aves] to lay (eggs)

2) (=apostar)

no pongo a la lotería — I don't play the lottery

3.

See:

ponerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) ( colocar) to put

lo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class

pon agua a calentar — put some water on to boil

no le puso la tapa — he didn't put the lid on

ponle el collar al perro — put the dog's collar on

b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put

2) ( agregar) to put

¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

le puse el vestido rojo — I dressed her in her red dress

4) <inyección/supositorio> to give

5)

poner la mesa — to lay o set the table

pon otro cubierto para Juan — lay another place at the table for Juan

6)

a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open

puso una autoescuela — he opened up a driving school

les ayudó a poner la casa — he helped them set up house o home

b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install

c) cerradura/armario to fit

pusimos parqué en el salón — we laid parquet flooring in the living room

7) ave < huevo> to lay

8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

Sentido II

9)

a) ( contribuir)

él pone el capital y yo el trabajo — he puts up the capital and I supply the labor

pusimos 500 pesos cada uno — we put in 500 pesos each

b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on

10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take

pon atención en lo que haces — pay attention to what you're doing

pon más cuidado en la presentación — take more care over the presentation

pone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace — he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he does

poner énfasis en algo — to stress something

11)

a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set

le pusieron una multa — he was fined

b) ( oponer)

no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections

a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

le pusieron un cero — he got nought out of ten

12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

le pusieron Eva — they called her Eva

le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send

14) ( escribir) to put

no sé que ponerle — I don't know what to put o say

15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say

allí pone que no se puede pasar — it says there that you can't go in

16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares — there's a play by Casares on at the theater

17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take

de allí a Salta pusimos tres horas — it took us three hours from there to Salta

Sentido III

18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

poner a alguien nervioso — to make somebody nervous

poner a alguien de mal humor — to put somebody in a bad mood

poner a alguien en evidencia — to show somebody up

poner a alguien en un aprieto — to put somebody in an awkward position

nos puso al corriente de lo sucedido — he brought us up to date on what had happened

mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! — look at the mess you've made on the carpet!

me lo estás poniendo muy difícil — you're making things very difficult for me

19) ( adoptar) cara/voz

no pongas esa cara — there's no need to look like that

puso voz de asustado — he sounded scared

20)

a) ( hacer empezar)

me pusieron a régimen — they put me on a diet

poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

b)

poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

21) ( suponer)

pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong

ponerle — (esp AmL)

¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

Sentido IV

22)

a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

puso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine

nos van a poner la luz — we're going to have our electricity connected

b) (ajustar, graduar)

pon el despertador a las siete — set the alarm (clock) for seven

pon la música más alta — turn the music up

puso el reloj en hora — she put the clock right

poner el motor a punto — to tune up the engine

23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

en seguida le pongo — I'm just putting you through o connecting you

poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?
2.
vi gallina to lay
3.
1) ponerse v pron

Sentido I

2)

a) (refl) ( colocarse)

pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

ponerse de pie — to stand (up)

ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

b) (Esp) ( llegar)

en una hora nos pusimos allí — we got there in one hour

3) sol to set

4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

no tengo nada que ponerme — I don't have a thing to wear

me puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace

Sentido II

5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

se puso triste — she became sad

cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta — she was so happy when she saw it

se puso como loco — he went mad

quiero ponerme morena — I want to get a tan

ponerse cómodo — to make oneself comfortable

no te pongas así — don't get so worked up

cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

la vida se está poniendo carísima — everything's getting so expensive

6)

a) ( empezar)

ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain

a ver si te pones a trabajar — you'd better get down to some work

b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred

Sentido III

7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

dile a tu madre que se ponga — ask your mother to come to the phone

* * *

= affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.

Ex. Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.

Ex. One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.

Ex. If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.

Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.

Ex. By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.

Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex. The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.

Ex. In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.

Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.

Ex. The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.

Ex. Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.

Ex. The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.

----

* con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.

* cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.

* costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.

* de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.

* encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].

* no poner en duda = be unquestioned.

* poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.

* poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.

* poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.

* poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.

* poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.

* poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.

* poner a disposición = keep within + reach.

* poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.

* poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.

* poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.

* poner al alcance = bring within + reach.

* poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.

* poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.

* poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.

* poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.

* poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.

* poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.

* poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.

* poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.

* poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.

* poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.

* poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.

* poner al revés = upend.

* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.

* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.

* poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.

* poner a + Número = set to + Número.

* poner aparte = set + apart.

* poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.

* poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.

* poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.

* poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).

* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.

* poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.

* poner carnada = bait.

* poner cebo = bait.

* poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.

* poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.

* poner delante de = lay before.

* poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.

* poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].

* poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.

* poner de pie = stand + upright.

* poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.

* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.

* poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.

* poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.

* poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.

* poner el candado = padlock.

* poner el centro de atención = put + focus.

* poner el colofón final = bookend.

* poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.

* poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.

* poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.

* poner el énfasis = put + focus.

* poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.

* poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.

* poner el precio = price.

* poner el sello = stamp.

* poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.

* poner el sello de = rubber stamp.

* poner empeño = strive.

* poner en adobo = marinade.

* poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.

* poner en alquiler = rent out.

* poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.

* poner encima = top with.

* poner en circulación = circulate.

* poner en claro = clear up.

* poner en cola = queue.

* poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.

* poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.

* poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].

* poner en cuarentena = quarantine.

* poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.

* poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.

* poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.

* poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.

* poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.

* poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.

* poner en el haber de = credit.

* poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.

* poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.

* poner en escena = stage.

* poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.

* poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.

* poner énfasis = put + emphasis.

* poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.

* poner en forma = buff up.

* poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.

* poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).

* poner en garantía = pawn.

* poner en hielo = ice.

* poner en juego = tap.

* poner en la calle = evict.

* poner en la pared = pin up.

* poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.

* poner en libertad = release from + jail.

* poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.

* poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.

* poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.

* poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.

* poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.

* poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.

* poner en órbita = place into + orbit.

* poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.

* poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.

* poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.

* poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.

* poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.

* poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.

* poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.

* poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.

* poner en préstamo = circulate.

* poner en primer plano = foreground.

* poner en relación = bring into + relationship.

* poner en remojo = steep.

* poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.

* poner en riesgo = put at + risk.

* poner en su sitio = put in + place.

* poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.

* poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.

* poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.

* poner entre corchetes = bracket.

* poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.

* poner entre paréntesis = bracket.

* poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.

* poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.

* poner en venta = put on + sale.

* poner esfuerzo = give + effort.

* poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.

* poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.

* poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

* poner freno = curb.

* poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.

* poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.

* poner guiones = hyphenate.

* poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.

* poner impuestos = impose + VAT.

* poner la brida = bridle.

* poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.

* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.

* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.

* poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.

* poner la fecha = date-stamp.

* poner la mesa = lay + the table.

* poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.

* poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.

* poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.

* poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.

* poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.

* poner las esposas = handcuff.

* poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.

* ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.

* ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.

* ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.

* ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.

* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.

* poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.

* poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.

* poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.

* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.

* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.

* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.

* poner más fuerte = crank up.

* poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.

* poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.

* poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.

* poner nervioso = rattle.

* poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.

* poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.

* poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.

* poner objeciones = object.

* poner objeciones a = object to.

* poner obstáculos = cramp.

* poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.

* poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.

* poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.

* poner parches = patch up, patch.

* poner patas arriba = upend.

* poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.

* poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.

* poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.

* poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.

* poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.

* poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.

* poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.

* poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner sal = salt.

* ponerse = don, pull on, wax.

* ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.

* ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.

* ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.

* ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.

* ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.

* ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.

* ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.

* ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.

* ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.

* ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.

* ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.

* ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.

* ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.

* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.

* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.

* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.

* ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.

* ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.

* ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.

* ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.

* ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.

* ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.

* ponerse borroso = blur.

* ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* ponerse + Color = go + Color.

* ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.

* ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.

* ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.

* ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.

* ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.

* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* ponerse del lado de = side with.

* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.

* ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.

* ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.

* ponerse de parte de = side with.

* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.

* ponerse de punta = stand out.

* ponerse, el = donning, the.

* ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.

* ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.

* ponerse en contacto = make + contact.

* ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.

* ponerse en contra de = turn against.

* ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).

* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.

* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse enfermo = get + sick.

* ponerse en fila = line up.

* ponerse en forma = get + fit.

* ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.

* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.

* ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).

* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.

* ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.

* ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* ponerse en tensión = tense up.

* ponerse firme = stand to + attention.

* ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.

* ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.

* ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.

* ponerse gallito = bluster.

* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.

* ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.

* ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).

* ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.

* ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.

* ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.

* ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.

* ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.

* ponerse marrón = turn + brown.

* ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.

* ponerse rígido = stiffen.

* ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.

* ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.

* ponerse seriamente a = settle to.

* ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.

* ponerse tibio = pig out (on).

* ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.

* poner sobre aviso = alert to.

* poner término a = put + paid to.

* poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.

* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.

* poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* poner trabas = cramp.

* poner una bomba = plant + bomb.

* poner una demanda = face + legal action.

* poner una denuncia = file + police report.

* poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.

* poner una nota en un sitio público = post.

* poner una reclamación = appeal.

* poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.

* poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.

* poner una tienda = pitch + tent.

* poner un círculo alrededor = circle.

* poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.

* poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.

* poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).

* poner un poquito de picante = pep up.

* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.

* poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.

* poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.

* poner y quitar = get on and off.

* pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.

* pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....

* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.

* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.

* precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.

* precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.

* que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.

* que pone obstáculos = obstructive.

* quita o pon = give or take.

* sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.

* sin poner en escena = unproduced.

* sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.

* sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.

* sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.

* sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).

* volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.

* ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) ( colocar) to put

lo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class

pon agua a calentar — put some water on to boil

no le puso la tapa — he didn't put the lid on

ponle el collar al perro — put the dog's collar on

b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put

2) ( agregar) to put

¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

le puse el vestido rojo — I dressed her in her red dress

4) <inyección/supositorio> to give

5)

poner la mesa — to lay o set the table

pon otro cubierto para Juan — lay another place at the table for Juan

6)

a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open

puso una autoescuela — he opened up a driving school

les ayudó a poner la casa — he helped them set up house o home

b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install

c) cerradura/armario to fit

pusimos parqué en el salón — we laid parquet flooring in the living room

7) ave < huevo> to lay

8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

Sentido II

9)

a) ( contribuir)

él pone el capital y yo el trabajo — he puts up the capital and I supply the labor

pusimos 500 pesos cada uno — we put in 500 pesos each

b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on

10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take

pon atención en lo que haces — pay attention to what you're doing

pon más cuidado en la presentación — take more care over the presentation

pone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace — he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he does

poner énfasis en algo — to stress something

11)

a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set

le pusieron una multa — he was fined

b) ( oponer)

no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections

a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

le pusieron un cero — he got nought out of ten

12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

le pusieron Eva — they called her Eva

le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send

14) ( escribir) to put

no sé que ponerle — I don't know what to put o say

15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say

allí pone que no se puede pasar — it says there that you can't go in

16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares — there's a play by Casares on at the theater

17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take

de allí a Salta pusimos tres horas — it took us three hours from there to Salta

Sentido III

18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

poner a alguien nervioso — to make somebody nervous

poner a alguien de mal humor — to put somebody in a bad mood

poner a alguien en evidencia — to show somebody up

poner a alguien en un aprieto — to put somebody in an awkward position

nos puso al corriente de lo sucedido — he brought us up to date on what had happened

mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! — look at the mess you've made on the carpet!

me lo estás poniendo muy difícil — you're making things very difficult for me

19) ( adoptar) cara/voz

no pongas esa cara — there's no need to look like that

puso voz de asustado — he sounded scared

20)

a) ( hacer empezar)

me pusieron a régimen — they put me on a diet

poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

b)

poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

21) ( suponer)

pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong

ponerle — (esp AmL)

¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

Sentido IV

22)

a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

puso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine

nos van a poner la luz — we're going to have our electricity connected

b) (ajustar, graduar)

pon el despertador a las siete — set the alarm (clock) for seven

pon la música más alta — turn the music up

puso el reloj en hora — she put the clock right

poner el motor a punto — to tune up the engine

23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

en seguida le pongo — I'm just putting you through o connecting you

poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?
2.
vi gallina to lay
3.
1) ponerse v pron

Sentido I

2)

a) (refl) ( colocarse)

pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

ponerse de pie — to stand (up)

ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

b) (Esp) ( llegar)

en una hora nos pusimos allí — we got there in one hour

3) sol to set

4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

no tengo nada que ponerme — I don't have a thing to wear

me puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace

Sentido II

5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

se puso triste — she became sad

cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta — she was so happy when she saw it

se puso como loco — he went mad

quiero ponerme morena — I want to get a tan

ponerse cómodo — to make oneself comfortable

no te pongas así — don't get so worked up

cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

la vida se está poniendo carísima — everything's getting so expensive

6)

a) ( empezar)

ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain

a ver si te pones a trabajar — you'd better get down to some work

b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred

Sentido III

7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

dile a tu madre que se ponga — ask your mother to come to the phone

* * *

= affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.

Ex: Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.

Ex: One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.

Ex: If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.

Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.

Ex: By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.

Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.

Ex: The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.

Ex: In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.

Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.

Ex: The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.

Ex: Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.

Ex: The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.

* con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.

* cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.

* costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.

* de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.

* encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].

* no poner en duda = be unquestioned.

* poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.

* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.

* poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.

* poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.

* poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.

* poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.

* poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.

* poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.

* poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.

* poner a disposición = keep within + reach.

* poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.

* poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.

* poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.

* poner al alcance = bring within + reach.

* poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.

* poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.

* poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.

* poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.

* poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.

* poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.

* poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.

* poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.

* poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.

* poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.

* poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.

* poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.

* poner al revés = upend.

* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.

* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.

* poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.

* poner a + Número = set to + Número.

* poner aparte = set + apart.

* poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.

* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.

* poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.

* poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.

* poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).

* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.

* poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.

* poner carnada = bait.

* poner cebo = bait.

* poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.

* poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.

* poner delante de = lay before.

* poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.

* poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.

* poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].

* poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.

* poner de pie = stand + upright.

* poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.

* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.

* poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.

* poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.

* poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.

* poner el candado = padlock.

* poner el centro de atención = put + focus.

* poner el colofón final = bookend.

* poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.

* poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.

* poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.

* poner el énfasis = put + focus.

* poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.

* poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.

* poner el precio = price.

* poner el sello = stamp.

* poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.

* poner el sello de = rubber stamp.

* poner empeño = strive.

* poner en adobo = marinade.

* poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.

* poner en alquiler = rent out.

* poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.

* poner encima = top with.

* poner en circulación = circulate.

* poner en claro = clear up.

* poner en cola = queue.

* poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.

* poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.

* poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].

* poner en cuarentena = quarantine.

* poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.

* poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.

* poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.

* poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.

* poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.

* poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.

* poner en el haber de = credit.

* poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.

* poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.

* poner en escena = stage.

* poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.

* poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.

* poner énfasis = put + emphasis.

* poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.

* poner en forma = buff up.

* poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.

* poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).

* poner en garantía = pawn.

* poner en hielo = ice.

* poner en juego = tap.

* poner en la calle = evict.

* poner en la pared = pin up.

* poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.

* poner en libertad = release from + jail.

* poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.

* poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.

* poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.

* poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.

* poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.

* poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.

* poner en órbita = place into + orbit.

* poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.

* poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.

* poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.

* poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.

* poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.

* poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.

* poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.

* poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.

* poner en préstamo = circulate.

* poner en primer plano = foreground.

* poner en relación = bring into + relationship.

* poner en remojo = steep.

* poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.

* poner en riesgo = put at + risk.

* poner en su sitio = put in + place.

* poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.

* poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.

* poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.

* poner entre corchetes = bracket.

* poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.

* poner entre paréntesis = bracket.

* poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.

* poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.

* poner en venta = put on + sale.

* poner esfuerzo = give + effort.

* poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.

* poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.

* poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

* poner freno = curb.

* poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.

* poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.

* poner guiones = hyphenate.

* poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.

* poner impuestos = impose + VAT.

* poner la brida = bridle.

* poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.

* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.

* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.

* poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.

* poner la fecha = date-stamp.

* poner la mesa = lay + the table.

* poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.

* poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.

* poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.

* poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.

* poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.

* poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.

* poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.

* poner las esposas = handcuff.

* poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.

* ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.

* ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.

* ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.

* ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.

* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.

* poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.

* poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.

* poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.

* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.

* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.

* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.

* poner más fuerte = crank up.

* poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.

* poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.

* poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.

* poner nervioso = rattle.

* poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.

* poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.

* poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.

* poner objeciones = object.

* poner objeciones a = object to.

* poner obstáculos = cramp.

* poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.

* poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.

* poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.

* poner parches = patch up, patch.

* poner patas arriba = upend.

* poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.

* poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.

* poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.

* poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.

* poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.

* poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.

* poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.

* poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.

* poner sal = salt.

* ponerse = don, pull on, wax.

* ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.

* ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.

* ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.

* ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.

* ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.

* ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.

* ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.

* ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.

* ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.

* ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.

* ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.

* ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.

* ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.

* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.

* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.

* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.

* ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.

* ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.

* ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.

* ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.

* ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.

* ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.

* ponerse borroso = blur.

* ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* ponerse + Color = go + Color.

* ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.

* ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.

* ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.

* ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.

* ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.

* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* ponerse del lado de = side with.

* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.

* ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.

* ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.

* ponerse de parte de = side with.

* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.

* ponerse de punta = stand out.

* ponerse, el = donning, the.

* ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.

* ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.

* ponerse en contacto = make + contact.

* ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.

* ponerse en contra de = turn against.

* ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).

* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.

* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse enfermo = get + sick.

* ponerse en fila = line up.

* ponerse en forma = get + fit.

* ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.

* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.

* ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.

* ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).

* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.

* ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.

* ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* ponerse en tensión = tense up.

* ponerse firme = stand to + attention.

* ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.

* ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.

* ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.

* ponerse gallito = bluster.

* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.

* ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.

* ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.

* ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).

* ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.

* ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.

* ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.

* ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.

* ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.

* ponerse marrón = turn + brown.

* ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.

* ponerse rígido = stiffen.

* ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.

* ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.

* ponerse seriamente a = settle to.

* ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.

* ponerse tibio = pig out (on).

* ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.

* poner sobre aviso = alert to.

* poner término a = put + paid to.

* poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.

* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.

* poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* poner trabas = cramp.

* poner una bomba = plant + bomb.

* poner una demanda = face + legal action.

* poner una denuncia = file + police report.

* poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.

* poner una nota en un sitio público = post.

* poner una reclamación = appeal.

* poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.

* poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.

* poner una tienda = pitch + tent.

* poner un círculo alrededor = circle.

* poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.

* poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.

* poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).

* poner un poquito de picante = pep up.

* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.

* poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.

* poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.

* poner y quitar = get on and off.

* pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.

* pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....

* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.

* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.

* precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.

* precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.

* que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.

* que pone obstáculos = obstructive.

* quita o pon = give or take.

* sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.

* sin poner en escena = unproduced.

* sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.

* sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.

* sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.

* sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).

* volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.

* ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.

* * *

poner [ E22 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ poner (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 colocar

2 poner: anuncio, aviso

B agregar

C ropa, calzado etc

D ‹inyección/supositorio›

E poner la mesa

F

1 instalar, montar

2 poner: cocina, teléfono etc

3 poner: cerradura etc

G poner: huevos

H servir, dar

Sentido II

A

1 contribuir

2 proporcionar

B poner: atención, cuidado

C

1 imponer

2 oponer

3 adjudicar

D poner: nombre

E enviar

F escribir

G

1 expresar por escrito

2 impersonal

H exhibir, dar

I tardar

Sentido III

A en un estado, una situación

B poner: cara, voz, etc

C

1 hacer empezar

2 poner a alguien de algo

D suponer

Sentido IV

A

1 conectar, encender

2 ajustar, graduar

B poner al teléfono

■ poner (verbo intransitivo)

A

1 apostar

2 contribuir dinero

B poner: gallinas

C México: vulg

■ ponerse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A

1 colocarse

2 llegar

B ponerse: el sol

C ponerse: calzado etc

Sentido II

A en un estado, una situación

B

1 empezar

2 esforzarse, esmerarse

3 contribuir dinero

Sentido III ponerse al teléfono

vt

Sentido I

A

1 (colocar) to put

¿dónde habré puesto las llaves? where can I have put the keys?

¿dónde vas a poner este cuadro? where are you going to put o hang this picture?

pon ese cuadro derecho put that picture straight, straighten that picture

lo pusieron en el curso avanzado he was put o placed in the advanced class

ponle la cadena a la puerta put the chain on the door

pon agua a calentar put some water on to boil

2 ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, put

pusieron un anuncio en el periódico they put o placed an advertisement in the newspaper

B (agregar) to put

¿cuándo se le pone el agua? when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

¿le has puesto sal a la sopa? have you put any salt in the soup?

¿le pones azúcar al café? do you take sugar in your coffee?

C ‹ropa/calzado› (+ me/te/le etc):

¿me pones los zapatos? can you put my shoes on (for me)?

le puse el vestido rojo I dressed her in her red dress

D ‹inyección/supositorio› to give

el dentista le puso una inyección the dentist gave him an injection

E

poner la mesa to lay o set the table

F

1 (instalar, montar) ‹oficina/restaurante› to open

puso un estudio junto con otra arquitecta she set up in business with another architect

consiguió permiso para poner una autoescuela he got permission to open a driving school

les ayudó a poner la casa he helped them set up house o home

pusieron la casa/oficina a todo lujo they furnished the house/fitted the office out in style

le puso un apartamento a su amante he set his mistress up in an apartment

2 ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to install

van a poner cocinas de gas they are going to install o fit gas cookers

3 ‹cerradura/armario› to fit

G «ave» ‹huevos› to lay

H

( Esp) (servir, dar): ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?

póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please

¿cuántos le pongo, señora? how many would you like, madam?

Sentido II

A

1 (contribuir):

él pone el capital y yo el trabajo he puts up the capital and I supply the labor

pusimos 500 pesos cada uno we put in 500 pesos each

que cada uno ponga lo que pueda each person should give what he or she can afford

2 (proporcionar) ‹autobús/tren› to lay on

la empresa puso la comida y la bebida food and drink was laid on by the company

B ‹atención› to pay; ‹cuidado› to take

pon más atención en lo que estás haciendo pay more attention to what you're doing

no ha puesto ningún cuidado en este trabajo she hasn't taken any care at all over this piece of work

pone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace he's very enthusiastic about everything he does, he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he does

C

1 (imponer) ‹deberes› to give, set; ‹examen› to set

nos pusieron 20 preguntas we were given o set 20 questions

le pusieron una multa por exceso de velocidad he was fined for speeding

2

(oponer): no me puso ningún inconveniente he didn't have o raise any objections

a todo le tiene que poner peros or pegas she finds fault with everything

3 (adjudicar) ‹nota› to give

¿qué (nota) te puso en la redacción? what (mark) did he give you for your essay?

le pusieron un cero he got nought out of ten

D (dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give

¡qué nombre más feo le pusieron! what a horrible name to give him!

le pusieron Eva they called her Eva

¿qué título le vas a poner al poema? what title are you going to give the poem?, what are you going to call the poem?

le pusieron el sobrenombre de `el cojo' they nicknamed him `el cojo'

E (enviar) ‹telegrama› to send; ‹carta› to mail ( AmE), to post ( BrE)

F (escribir) to put

no has puesto ningún acento you haven't put any of the accents in

no sé qué más ponerle I don't know what else to put o write

puso mi nombre en la lista she put my name down on the list

G ( esp Esp)

1 (expresar por escrito) to say

el periódico no pone nada sobre el robo the newspaper doesn't say anything about the robbery

2 ( impersonal):

mira a ver lo que pone en esa nota see what that note says

allí pone que no se puede pasar it says there that you can't go in

¿qué pone aquí? what does it say here?, what does this say?

H ( Esp) (exhibir, dar)

‹obra/película› ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?

¿qué ponen en el Trocadero? what's on o what's showing at the Trocadero?

en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares there's a play by Casares on at the theater

no pusieron ninguna película buena en Navidad there wasn't a single good film on over Christmas, they didn't show a single good film over Christmas

I ( RPl) (tardar) to take

el avión pone media hora de Montevideo a Buenos Aires the plane takes half an hour from Montevideo to Buenos Aires

de allí a Salta pusimos tres horas it took us three hours from there to Salta

Sentido III

A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):

me pones nerviosa you're making me nervous

ya la has puesto de mal humor now you've put her in a bad mood

¿por qué me pusiste en evidencia así? why did you show me up like that?

lo pusiste en un aprieto you put him in an awkward position

nos puso al corriente de lo sucedido he brought us up to date with what had happened

¡mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! look at the mess you've made on the carpet!

me estás poniendo las cosas muy difíciles you're making things very difficult for me

B (adoptar) ‹cara/voz›

no pongas esa cara there's no need to look like that

puso cara de enfado he looked annoyed

puso voz de asustado he sounded scared

C

1

(hacer empezar): el médico me puso a régimen the doctor put me on a diet

poner a algn A + INF:

tuvo que poner a las hijas a trabajar he had to send his daughters out to work

lo puso a estudiar guitarra con Rodríguez she sent him to have guitar lessons with Rodríguez

lo puso a pelar cebollas she set him to work peeling onions

2 poner a algn DE algo:

la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department

lo pusieron de ángel he was given a part as an angel, he was given the part of an angel

su padre lo puso de botones en la oficina his father gave him a job as an office boy

siempre te pone de ejemplo he always holds you up as an example

D

(suponer): pon que perdemos ese tren, no podríamos volver say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train, then we wouldn't be able to get back

pon que es cierto ¿qué harías entonces? say o suppose o supposing it is true, then what would you do?

pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados suppose o let's just say they're wrong

ponerle ( AmL): ¿cuánto se tarda? — ponle dos horas how long does it take? — about two hours o in the region of two hours o reckon on two hours

¿cuánto nos costará? — y … pónganle alrededor de $200 how much will it cost us? — well, … you'd better reckon on about $200

Sentido IV

A

1 (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn o switch o put on; ‹programa/canal› to put on

pon un disco put on a record

puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine

todavía no nos han puesto la luz we haven't had our electricity connected yet

2

(ajustar, graduar): pon el despertador a las siete set the alarm (clock) for seven

¿puedes poner la música un poco más alta? can you turn the music up a bit?

puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right, she set the clock to the right time

poner el motor a punto to tune up the engine

B

( Esp) (al teléfono): en seguida le pongo I'm just putting you through o connecting you

poner a algn CON algn/algo to put sb THROUGH TO sb/sth

¿me puede poner con el director, por favor? could you put me through to o could I speak to the director, please?

¿me pone con la extensión 24? could you put me through to o can I have extension 24, please?

■ poner

vi

A

1 ( Jueg) (apostar) to put in

2 (contribuir dinero) to contribute

¿vas a poner para el regalo de Pilar? are you going to give something o contribute toward(s) Pilar's present?

B «gallina» to lay

C ( Méx vulg) (copular) to score (sl)

■ ponerse

v pron

Sentido I

A

1 ( refl)

(colocarse): pongámonos un rato a la sombra let's sit ( o lie etc) in the shade for a while

ponerse de pie to stand up, stand

ponerse de rodillas to kneel, kneel down, get down on one's knees

ponte ahí, junto al árbol stand over there, by the tree

ponérsele a algn algo ( AmL fam): se le puso que tenía que escalar la montaña he got it into his head that he had to climb the mountain

a ese viejo se le pone cada cosa that old man gets the strangest ideas into his head

2

( Esp) (llegar): en diez minutos nos ponemos allí we can be there in ten minutes

B «sol» to set

C ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on

ponte el abrigo put your coat on

no tengo nada que ponerme I don't have a thing to wear

mi hermano siempre se pone mi ropa my brother is always borrowing my clothes

ponte un poco de sombra de ojos put on a little eyeshadow

me puse el collar de perlas I wore o put on my pearl necklace

Sentido II

A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):

me puse furiosa I got very angry

cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it

adelante, pónganse cómodos come in, make yourselves comfortable

no te pongas así, que no es para tanto don't get so worked up, it's not that bad

¡mira cómo te has puesto de barro! just look at you, you're covered in mud!

no te imaginas cómo se puso, hecha una fiera you wouldn't believe the way she reacted, she went absolutely wild

la vida se está poniendo carísima everything's getting so expensive

B

1 (empezar) ponerse A + INF to start -ING

se va a poner a llover de un momento a otro it's going to start raining o to start to rain any minute

a ver si te pones a trabajar you'd better start working

se puso a llorar sin motivo aparente she started crying o to cry for no apparent reason

2 ( fam) (esforzarse, esmerarse) to try, make an effort

si te pones lo acabas hoy mismo if you make an effort o if you try o if you put your mind to it, you'll finish it today

3

(CS arg) (contribuir dinero): cuando se casaron el viejo se puso con $5.000 when they got married, her old man shelled out $5,000 ( colloq)

cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse when the check comes, everyone has to cough up ( colloq)

yo me pongo con cien I'll put in o chip in a hundred ( colloq)

Sentido III

( Esp) (al teléfono): ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

dile a tu madre que se ponga tell your mother I want to speak to her, ask your mother to come to the phone

* * *

poner ( conjugate poner) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( colocar) to put;

◊ ponlo en el suelo put it on the floor;

ponle el collar al perro put the dog's collar on;
poner una bomba to plant a bomb
b) ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, put

c) ‹ ropa› (+ me/te/le etc):

◊ le puse el sombrero I put his hat on (for him)

2 ( agregar) to put
3 ‹inyección/supositorio› to give
4
◊ poner la mesa to lay o set the table

5 (instalar, montar)
a) ‹oficina/restaurante› to open

b) ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to install

c) ‹cerradura/armario› to fit

6 [ ave] ‹ huevo› to lay
7 (Esp) (servir, dar):
◊ póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please;

¿cuántos le pongo? how many would you like?
1 ‹ dinero› ( contribuir) to put in;
◊ pusimos 500 pesos cada uno we put in 500 pesos each

2 ‹ atención› to pay;
‹cuidado/interés› to take;
◊ pon más cuidado en la presentación take more care over the presentation

3
a) ( imponer) ‹ deberes› to give, set;

‹examen/problema› to set;
◊ le pusieron una multa he was fined

b) ( oponer) ‹ inconvenientes› to raise;

◊ me pusieron problemas para entrar they made it difficult for me to get in

c) ( adjudicar) ‹ nota› to give

4 ( dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give;
‹ ejemplo› to give;
◊ le pusieron Eva they called her Eva

5 ( enviar) ‹ telegrama› to send
6 ( escribir) ‹dedicatoria/líneas› to write
7 (Esp) (exhibir, dar) ‹ película› to show;
◊ ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?;

¿qué ponen en el Royal? what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
1
a) (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn on, switch on, put on;

‹programa/canal› to put on;
‹cinta/disco/música› to put on;
◊ puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine

b) (ajustar, graduar) ‹ despertador› to set;

◊ pon la música más alta turn the music up;

puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right
2 (Esp) ( al teléfono): poner a algn con algo/algn to put sb through to sth/sb
(en estado, situación) (+ compl):
◊ poner a algn nervioso to make sb nervous;

poner a algn en un aprieto to put sb in an awkward position
vi [ ave] to lay
ponerse verbo pronominal
1 ( refl) ( colocarse):
◊ pongámonos ahí let's stand (o sit etc) there;

ponerse de pie to stand (up);
ponerse de rodillas to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
2 [ sol] to set
3 ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on;
◊ no tengo nada que ponerme I don't have a thing to wear

1 (en estado, situación) (+ compl):
◊ ponerse enfermo to get sick;

se puso triste she became sad;
cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it;
se puso como loco he went mad;
ponerse cómodo to make oneself comfortable
2 ( empezar) ponerse a + inf to start -ing, to start + inf;
◊ se puso a llover it started raining, it started to rain

(Esp):
◊ ponerse al teléfono to come to the phone

poner verbo transitivo
1 (en un lugar, una situación) to put: me puso en un aprieto, he put me in a tight corner
(seguido de adjetivo) to make: me pone contento, he makes me happy
2 (hacer funcionar) to turn o switch on
3 (un fax, telegrama) to send
poner una conferencia, to make a long-distance call
4 (una multa, un castigo) to impose
5 (abrir un negocio) to set up
6 (vestir) to put on
7 (exponer) tienes que poner la planta al sol/a la sombra, you have to put the plant in the sun/shade
8 (aportar) yo puse mil pesetas, I contributed a thousand pesetas
9 (conjeturar, imaginar) to suppose: pongamos que..., supposing (that)...
10 (estar escrito) lo pone aquí, it's written here
no pone nada de eso, it doesn't say anything about that
11 TV Cine to put on, show
12 Tel ponme con él, put me through to him
13 (un nombre) le pondremos Tadeo, we are going to call him Tadeo
ya le puso título a la novela, he has already given the novel a title
♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a caldo, to pull sb to pieces
poner a cien, to make sb nervous: me pone a cien cuando habla de ese modo, when he talks that way I get nervous
poner en duda, to call into question: los inversores pusieron su competencia en duda, the investors questioned his competence
poner a alguien en evidencia, to show sb up
poner en evidencia, to show up: la situación pone en evidencia la falta de justicia del sistema, the situation exposes the system's unfairness
poner a alguien en su sitio, to put sb in his place
' poner' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
activar
- alinear
- alta
- alto
- altura
- antecedente
- antena
- arreglar
- arrinconar
- aunar
- bandeja
- brete
- cabeza
- calzar
- caldo
- calle
- cara
- cargar
- carta
- caso
- cien
- codificar
- comprometer
- confiar
- coto
- crecer
- cuenco
- cuestión
- dejar
- denuncia
- depositar
- descomponer
- descubierta
- descubierto
- desesperar
- diente
- dirigir
- discutir
- distribuir
- enchufar
- enderezar
- enervar
- enfermar
- enfrentar
- enmascarar
- entregar
- entregarse
- escenificar
- escobilla
- esmerarse
English:
acquaint
- action
- apply
- arm
- arrange
- aside
- best
- blur
- bond
- box
- bracket
- bundle
- bung
- cap
- cast
- cheek
- claim
- code
- collect
- compromise
- connect
- cork
- crack
- cross
- crown
- curb
- date
- dip
- discomfit
- dishwasher
- egg
- end
- endanger
- excite
- face
- fault
- feature
- fetter
- fill in
- fit
- fluster
- follow up
- forewarn
- free
- gather
- get
- glaze
- go
- gown
- grin

* * *

poner

♦ vt

1. [situar, agregar, meter] to put;

me pusieron en la última fila I was put in the back row;

ponle un poco más de sal put some more salt in it, add a bit of salt to it;

pon los juguetes en el armario put the toys (away) in the cupboard;

¿dónde habré puesto la calculadora? where can I have put o left the calculator?;

poner un anuncio en el periódico to put an advert in the paper;

poner un póster en la pared to put a poster up on the wall;

poner una inyección a alguien to give sb an injection;

hubo que ponerle un bozal al perro we had to put a muzzle on the dog, we had to muzzle the dog

2. [ropa, zapatos, maquillaje]
poner algo a alguien to put sth on sb;

ponle este pañal al bebé put this Br nappy o US diaper on the baby

3. [servir]
¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?, what would you like?;

póngame una cerveza, por favor I'd like o I'll have a beer, please;

¿cuánto le pongo? how much would you like?;

póngame un kilo give me a kilo

4. [contribuir, aportar] to put in;

poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business;

poner algo de mi/tu/ etc[m5]. parte to do my/your/ etc bit;

poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) sth;

pon atención en lo que digo pay attention to what I'm saying;

hay que poner más cuidado con o [m5] en la ortografía you have to take more care over your spelling

5. [hacer estar de cierta manera]
poner a alguien en un aprieto/de mal humor to put sb in a difficult position/in a bad mood;

le has puesto colorado/nervioso you've made him blush/feel nervous;

ponérselo fácil/difícil a alguien to make things easy/difficult for sb;

lo puso todo perdido she made a real mess;

el profesor nos puso a hacer cuentas the teacher gave us some sums to do;

llegó y nos puso a todos a trabajar she arrived and set us all to work;

pon la sopa a calentar warm the soup up;

me pusieron de aprendiz de camarero they had me work as a trainee waiter;

poner cara de tonto/inocente to put on a stupid/an innocent face

6. [calificar]
poner a alguien de algo to call sb sth;

me pusieron de mentiroso they called me a liar;

poner bien algo/a alguien to praise sth/sb;

poner mal algo/a alguien to criticize sth/sb

7. [oponer]
poner obstáculos a algo to hinder sth;

poner pegas a algo to raise objections to sth

8. [asignar] [precio] to fix, to settle on;
[multa] to give; [deberes, examen, tarea] to give, to set;
le pusieron (de nombre) Mario they called him Mario;

me han puesto (en el turno) de noche I've been assigned to the night shift, they've put me on the night shift;

le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam

9. [comunicar] [telegrama, fax, giro postal] to send;
[conferencia] to make; Esp
¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him?;
Esp
no cuelgue, ahora le pongo don't hang up, I'll put you through in a second

10. [conectar, hacer funcionar] [televisión, radio] to switch o put on;
[despertador] to set; [instalación, gas] to put in; [música, cinta, disco] to put on;
pon la lavadora put the washing machine on;

pon el telediario put the news on;

puse el despertador a las seis/el reloj en hora I set my alarm clock for six o'clock/my watch to the right time;

¿te han puesto ya el teléfono? are you on the phone yet?, have they connected your phone yet?;

ponlo más alto, que no se oye turn it up, I can't hear it

11. [en el cine, el teatro, la televisión] to show;

anoche pusieron un documental muy interesante last night they showed a very interesting documentary;

¿qué ponen en la tele/en el Rialto? what's on the TV/on at the Rialto?;

en el Rialto ponen una de Stallone there's a Stallone movie on at the Rialto

12. [montar] to set up;

poner la casa to set up home;

poner un negocio to start a business;

ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop;

han puesto una cocina nueva they've had a new Br cooker o US stove put in;

hemos puesto moqueta en el salón we've had a carpet fitted in the living-room;

poner la mesa to lay the table;

pusieron la tienda (de campaña) en un prado they pitched their tent o put their tent up in a meadow

13. [decorar] to do up;

han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style

14. [suponer] to suppose;

pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened;

pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days;

poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan;

¿cuándo estará listo? – ponle que en dos días when will it be ready? – reckon on it taking two days

15. Esp [decir] to say;

¿qué pone ahí? what does it say there?

16. [escribir] to put;

¿qué pusiste en la segunda pregunta? what did you put for the second question?

17. [huevo] to lay

18. RP [demorar] to take;

el tren pone media hora en llegar allá the train takes half an hour to get there

19. Fam [excitar]
esa actriz me pone that actress totally does it for me

♦ vi
[gallina, aves] to lay (eggs)
♦ v impersonal
Am Fam [parecer]
se me pone que… it seems to me that…

♦ See also the pronominal verb ponerse

* * *

poner

<part puesto> v/t

1 put;

poner en escena stage;

poner en marcha set in motion;

pongamos que let’s suppose o assume that

2 ropa put on

3 ( añadir) put in

4 RAD, TV turn on, switch on

5 la mesa set

6 ( escribir) put down

7 en periódico, libro etc say;

la crítica puso muy bien su última película the critics gave his last film very good reviews

8 negocio set up

9 telegrama send

10 huevos lay

11 AUTO marcha put the car in, move into

12 dinero deposit

13

:

poner a alguien furioso make s.o. angry;

ponerle a alguien con alguien TELEC put s.o. through to s.o.;

ponerle una multa a alguien fine s.o.

* * *

poner {60} vt

1) colocar: to put, to place

pon el libro en la mesa: put the book on the table

2) agregar, añadir: to put in, to add

3) : to put on (clothes)

4) contribuir: to contribute

5) escribir: to put in writing

no le puso su nombre: he didn't put his name on it

6) imponer: to set, to impose

7) exponer: to put, to expose

lo puso en peligro: she put him in danger

8) : to prepare, to arrange

poner la mesa: to set the table

9) : to name

le pusimos Ana: we called her Ana

10) establecer: to set up, to establish

puso un restaurante: he opened up a restaurant

11) instalar: to install, to put in

12) (with an adjective or adverb) : to make

siempre lo pones de mal humor: you always put him in a bad mood

13) : to turn on, to switch on

14) suponer: to suppose

pongamos que no viene: supposing he doesn't come

15) : to lay (eggs)

16)

poner a : to start (someone doing something)

lo puse a trabajar: I put him to work

17)

poner de : to place as

la pusieron de directora: they made her director

18)

poner en : to put in (a state or condition)

poner en duda: to call into question

poner vi

1) : to contribute

2) : to lay eggs

♦ See also the reflexive verb ponerse

* * *

poner vb

1. (colocar) to put [pt. & pp. put]

he puesto los libros en la estantería I've put the books on the shelf

2. (ropa, etc) to put on

ponle el abrigo al niño put the baby's coat on

3. (añadir) to put

¿le has puesto sal a las patatas? have you put any salt on the potatoes?

¿te pones azúcar? do you take sugar?

4. (escribir) to write [pt. wrote; pp. written] / to put

hay que poner la dirección en el sobre you have to write the address on the envelope

5. (programar) to set [pt. & pp. set]

he puesto el despertador a las siete I've set the alarm clock for seven

6. (encender) to put on / to turn on / to switch on

pon la tele turn the TV on

no pongas la radio muy alta don't put the radio on too loud

pon otro disco put another record on

7. (establecer) to open

han puesto una tienda de ordenadores they've opened a computer shop

8. (enviar) to send [pt. & pp. sent]

voy a poner un fax I'm going to send a fax

9. (comunicar) to put through

¿me pones con Asunción, por favor? can you put me through to Asunción, please?

10. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]

en el periódico pone que la película está muy bien it says in the newspaper that the film is very good

11. (proyectar) to be on

¿qué ponen en el Renoir? what's on at the Renoir?

esta noche no ponen nada interesante en la tele there's nothing interesting on TV tonight

12. (dar un nombre) to call

le han puesto Paula they've called her Paula

13. (imponer) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]

nos ponen muchos deberes they give us a lot of homework

le han puesto una multa he was fined

me han puesto un 8 I got 8 out of 10

14. (servir) to give

¿qué te pongo? what can I get you?

me puso una tapa de aceitunas he gave me some olives

¿me pone un kilo de tomates? can I have a kilo of tomatoes, please?

15. (aportar) to supply [pt. & pp. supplied] / to put in

yo pongo el pastel y tú traes el champán I'll supply the cake and you bring the champagne

pusimos mil pesetas cada uno we each put in a thousand pesetas

16. (suponer) to suppose / to say [pt. & pp. said]

pongamos por caso... suppose... / let's say...

poner cara de sorpresa to look surprised

poner huevos to lay eggs [pt. & pp. laid]

poner nervioso a alguien to get on somebody's nerves

Spanish-English dictionary > poner
78 estar

v.

1 to be.

estamos a veinte grados (expresa valores, grados) it's twenty degrees here

el dólar está a 10 pesos the dollar is at 10 pesos

están a dos euros el kilo they're two euros a kilo

está terminado it's finished

2 to be.

¿dónde está la llave? where is the key?

¿está María? — no, no está is Maria there? — no, she's not here

Ella estuvo aburrida She was bored.

El edificio está en la calle tres The building is on third street.

3 to be (expresa cualidad, estado).

los pasteles están ricos the cakes are delicious

esta calle está sucia this street is dirty

4 to be (expresa estado).

estar de mudanza to be (in the process of) moving

estamos de suerte we're in luck

estar de vacaciones to be on holiday

estar de viaje to be on a trip

estar en uso to be in use

estar en guardia to be on guard

estamos sin agua we have no water, we're without water

5 to be.

están golpeando la puerta they're banging on the door

6 to stay, to be.

estaré un par de horas y me iré I'll stay a couple of hours and then I'll go

7 to be ready (hallarse listo).

¿aún no está ese trabajo? is that piece of work still not ready?

8 to be for.

Me estuvo difícil el examen The exam was difficult for me.

* * *

ESTAR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

estoy, estás, está, estamos, estáis, están.

Imperfect Indicative

estaba, estabas, estaba, estábamos, estabais, estaban.

Past Indicative

estuve, estuviste, estuvo, estuvimos, estuvisteis, estuvieron.

Future Indicative

estaré, estarás, estará, estaremos, estaréis, estarán.

Conditional

estaría, estarías, estaría, estaríamos, estaríais, estarían.

Present Subjunctive

esté, estés, esté, estemos, estéis, estén.

Imperfect Subjunctive

estuviera, estuvieras, estuviera, estuviéramos, estuvierais, estuvieran;

estuviese, estuvieses, estuviese, estuviésemos, estuvieseis, estuviesen.

Future Subjunctive

estuviere, estuvieres, estuviere, estuviéremos, estuviereis, estuvieren.

Imperative

está (tú), esté (él/Vd.), estemos (nos.), estad (vos.), estén (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

to be

- estar en contra
- estarse
* * *
Para las expresiones estar bien, estar mal, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [indicando situación] to be

¿dónde estabas? — where were you?

la última vez que estuve en Roma — the last time I was in Rome

Madrid está en el centro de España — Madrid is in the centre of Spain

el monumento está en la plaza — the monument is in the square

eso no está en sus declaraciones — that's not in any of his statements

-las tijeras están en el cajón -no, aquí no están — "the scissors are in the drawer" - "no, they're not in here"

-hola, ¿está Carmen? -no, no está — "hello, is Carmen in?" - "no, I'm afraid she isn't"

el día que estuve a verlo — the day I went to see him

• está [fuera] — [de casa] she's out; [de la ciudad/en el extranjero] she's away

• [ya que] estamos — while we are at it

2) [indicando un estado transitorio]

a) + adj, adv to be

está mucho mejor — he's much better

estar enfermo {o} malo — to be ill

estoy muy cansada — I'm very tired

¿estás casado o soltero? — are you married or single?

está vacío — it's empty

estaba herido — he was injured

¿cómo estamos? — [gen] how are we doing?; [a otra persona] how are you?

con este frío, aquí no se puede estar — it's unbearably cold here

¡qué bueno está este café! — this coffee's really good!

mis padres están como siempre — my parents are the same as ever

¿está libre el baño? — is the bathroom free?

¿qué tal {o} cómo estás? — how are you?

el récord anterior estaba en 33 segundos — the previous record was {o} stood at 33 seconds

b) + participio to be

la radio está rota — the radio is broken

para las seis estará terminado — it will be finished by six o'clock

estaba sentada en la arena — she was sitting on the sand

está (embarazada) de dos meses — she's two months pregnant

él no estaba implicado — he wasn't involved

le está bien empleado por ingenuo — it serves him right for being so naïve

c) + gerundio to be

estaba corriendo — he was running

me está molestando — he's annoying me

se está muriendo — she's dying

venga, ya nos estamos yendo, que es tarde — come on, it's time to go, it's late

está siendo preparado — it's being prepared

nos estamos engañando — we're deceiving ourselves

3) (=existir) to be

además están los gastos del viaje — then there are the travel expenses

• [dejar] estar, déjalo estar — just leave him be

si dejas estar ese asunto te irán mejor las cosas — you'll do better to let the matter drop

4) [indicando el aspecto de algo] to look

¡qué elegante estás! — you're looking really smart!

estás más delgado — you've lost weight, you look slimmer

está más viejo — he looks older

el sofá estará mejor al lado de la ventana — the sofa will look better next to the window

ese tío está muy bueno — * that guy's gorgeous *, that guy's a bit of all right *

el traje te está grande — that suit is too big for you

5) (=estar listo) to be ready

estará a las cuatro — it'll be ready at four

en seguida está — it'll be ready in a moment

dos vueltas más y ya está — two more laps and that'll be it

¡ya está! ya sé lo que podemos hacer — that's it! I know what we can do

ya estoy — I'm done, that's me *

¡ya estamos! — [después de hacer algo] that's it!; [dicho con enfado] that's enough!

¿estamos? — [al estar listo] ready?; [para pedir conformidad] are we agreed?, right?, OK? *

¡ya estuvo! — Méx that's it!

6) [indicando fecha, distancia, temperatura]

estamos en octubre — it's October

cuando estemos en verano — when it's summer, in the summer

7) [en estructuras con preposición]
estar a
estamos a 8 de junio — it is 8 June {or} the 8th of June, today is 8 June {o} the 8th of June

estábamos a 40°C — it was 40°C

¿a cuántos estamos? — what's the date?

¿a cuánto estamos de Madrid? — how far are we from Madrid?

las uvas están a 1,60 euros — the grapes are one euro 60 cents

¿a cuánto está el kilo de naranjas? — how much are oranges per kilo?

estoy a lo que se decida en la reunión — I'm waiting to see what's decided at the meeting

estar a lo que resulte — to be waiting to see how things turn out
estar con
está con la gripe — he's down with flu, he's got the flu

estuvo con la enfermedad durante dos años — she had {o} suffered from the disease for two years

ya está otra vez con el mismo tema — he's harping on about the same old subject again

ya estoy con ganas de ir — I want to go now

estoy con ganas de pegarle — I feel like hitting him

• estar con [algn], yo estoy con él — I'm with him

los aliados estaban con ellos — the Allies were behind them
estar de
está de buen humor — he's in a good mood

están de charla — they're having a chat

está de camarero — he's working as a waiter

está de jefe temporalmente — he is acting as boss, he is the acting boss

está de luto — she's in mourning

¡estoy de nervioso! — I'm so nervous!

están de paseo — they've gone for a walk

estaba de uniforme — he was (dressed) in uniform

están de vacaciones — they are on holiday

está de viaje en este momento — he's away at the moment
estar en
en eso está el problema — that's (exactly) where the problem is

el problema está en que... — the problem lies in the fact that...

en ello estamos — we're working on it

no está en él hacerlo — it is not in his power to do it

creo que está usted en un error — I think you're mistaken

no está en sí — she's not in her right mind

yo estoy en que... — (=creer) I believe that...
estar para
para eso estamos — [gen] that's why we're here, that's what we're here for; [respondiendo a gracias] don't mention it

para eso están los amigos — that's what friends are for

• estar para [hacer] algo — (=a punto de) to be about to do sth, be on the point of doing sth

está para salir — he's about to leave

• [no] estoy para bromas — I'm not in the mood for joking

si alguien llama, no estoy para nadie — if anyone calls, I'm not in
estar por (=en favor de) [+ política] to be in favour {o} (EEUU) favor of; [+ persona] to support hueso 1) estar por ({+ infin})
la historia de ese hallazgo está por escribir — the story of that discovery is still to be written {o} has yet to be written

está por ver si es verdad lo que dijeron — it remains to be seen whether what they said is true

está todavía por hacer — it remains to be done, it is still to be done

yo estoy por dejarlo — I'm for leaving it, I'm in favour of leaving it

está por llover — LAm it's going to rain
estar sin ({+ infin})
las camas estaban sin hacer — the beds were unmade, the beds hadn't been made

¿todavía estás sin peinar? — haven't you brushed your hair yet?
estar sobre algn/algo
hay que estar mucho sobre él para que estudie — you have to keep on at him to make sure he studies

hay que estar sobre el arroz para que no se pegue — you need to keep a close eye on the rice to make sure it doesn't stick to the pan

estar sobre sí — to be in control of o.s.

8) [en oraciones ponderativas]

• está [que] rabia — * he's hopping mad *, he's furious

estoy que me caigo de sueño — I'm terribly sleepy, I can't keep my eyes open

2.

See:

estarse

* * *
I 1.
cópula

1) ( seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1] to be

qué gordo está! — isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat!

pobre abuelo! está viejo — poor grandpa! he's really aged

la sopa está deliciosa/muy caliente — the soup is delicious/very hot

está muy simpático conmigo — he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently)

todo está tan caro! — things are o have become so expensive!

está cansada/furiosa/embarazada — she is tired/furious/pregnant

2) (con bien, mal, mejor, peor)

están todos bien, gracias — they're all fine, thanks

qué bien estás en esta foto! — you look great in this photo!

está mal que no se lo perdones — it's wrong of you not to forgive him; ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor

3) ( hablando de estado civil) to be

está casada con un primo mío — she's married to a cousin of mine

4) ( seguido de participios)

estar sentado/echado/arrodillado — to be sitting/lying/kneeling (down)

estaban abrazados — they had their arms around each other; ver tb verbo auxiliar 2

5) ( con predicado introducido por preposición) to be; (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente)

estoy a régimen — I'm on a diet

¿a cómo está la uva? — how much are the grapes?

estamos como al principio — we're back to where we started

está con el sarampión — she has (the) measles

siempre está con lo mismo — he's always going on about the same thing

está de buen humor — she's in a good mood

están de limpieza/viaje — they're spring-cleaning/on a trip

hoy estoy de cocinera — I'm doing the cooking today

estaba de secretaria — she worked as a secretary

no estoy para bromas — I'm not in the mood for jokes

estamos sin electricidad — the electricity is off at the moment

está sin pintar — it hasn't been painted yet

estar con alguien — ( estar de acuerdo) to agree with somebody; ( apoyar) to support somebody, be on somebody's side

el pueblo está con nosotros — the people are with us

estar en algo: no lo hemos solucionado pero estamos en ello or eso — we haven't solved it but we're working on it

6) ( introducido por que)

el agua está que pela — the water's scalding hot

está que no hay quien lo aguante — he's (being) unbearable
2.
estar vi

Sentido I

1) ( en un lugar)

edificio/pueblo ( estar ubicado) to be

¿dónde está Chiapas? — where's Chiapas?

está a 20 kilómetros de aquí — it's 20 kilometers from here

2)

a) persona/objeto ( hallarse en cierto momento) to be

¿sabes dónde está Pedro? — do you know where Pedro is?

¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? — what time do you have to be there?

¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? — where did we get to in the last class?

b) ( figurar) to be

yo no estaba en la lista — I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list

3) ( hallarse en determinado lugar)

¿está Rodrigo? — is Rodrigo in?

¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

4)

a) (quedarse, permanecer)

sólo estaré unos días — I'll only be staying a few days

¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? — how long are you going to be in London (for)?

b) ( vivir)

ahora estamos en Soca — we're in o we live in Soca now

de momento estoy con mi hermana — at the moment I'm staying with my sister

Sentido II

5) ( en el tiempo)

¿a qué (día) estamos? — what day is it today?

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? — what's the date today?

estamos a 28 de mayo — it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May

estamos en primavera — it's spring

¿en qué mes estamos? — what month are we in o is it?

Sentido III

6) (existir, haber)

y después está el problema de... — and then there's the problem of...

luego están los niños, hay que pensar en ellos — then there are the children to think about

7) (tener como función, cometido)

estar para algo: para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for; estamos para ayudarlos — we're here to help them

8) ( radicar)

ahí está el quid del asunto — that's the crux of the matter

estar en algo: en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies; todo está en que él quiera — it all depends on whether he wants to or not

9) (estar listo, terminado)

la carne todavía no está — the meat's not ready yet

lo atas con un nudo y ya está — you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are

enseguida estoy — I'll be right with you

ya está! ya sé la repuesta! — I've got it! I know the answer!

ahí está! — that's it!

10) ( quedar entendido)

que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? — don't let it happen again, understand? o (colloq) got it?

11)

ya que estamos/estás — while we're/you're at it

12) (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl)

te está grande/pequeña — it's too big/too small for you

la 46 te está mejor — the 46 fits you better
3.
estar v aux

1) ( con gerundio)

está lloviendo — it's raining

se está afeitando — he's shaving

estoy viendo que va a ser imposible — I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible

2) ( con participio)

la foto está tomada con flash — the photo was taken with flash

ese asiento está ocupado — that seat is taken

ya está hecho un hombrecito — he's a proper young man now; ver tb estar cópula 4)
4.
estarse v pron

1) (enf) ( permanecer) to stay

se estuvo horas ahí sentado — he remained sitting there for hours

¿no te puedes estar quieto? — can't you stay o keep still?

estése tranquilo — don't worry

2) (enf) ( llegar) to be

estáte allí media hora antes — be there half an hour before
II
masculino (esp AmL) living room

* * *

= be, become, live with.

Ex. Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.

Ex. Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.

Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

----

* ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.

* ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* creer que estar bien = feel + right.

* creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.

* dejar las cosas como están = let + sleeping dogs lie.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.

* esperanza + estar = hope + lie.

* estando de acuerdo = approvingly.

* estando de servicio = while on the job.

* estando sentado = from a seated position.

* estar a años de distancia = be years away.

* estar abierto a = be open to.

* estar abocado a ser = be doomed.

* estar absorto en = be wrapped up in.

* estar aburridísimo = be bored stiff, be bored to death, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.

* estar aburrido como una ostra = be bored stiff.

* estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between, straddle (between).

* estar a caballo entre... y... = lie + midway between... and..., tread + a fine line between... and, tread + the thin line between... and, tread + a delicate line between... and.

* estar acabando con = eat away at.

* estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar a + Cantidad + de distancia = Cantidad + distant from.

* estar a cargo de = man, be the responsibility of.

* estar accesible = be up.

* estar accesible en línea = go + online.

* estar accesible en red = go + online.

* estar acertado = be right on track.

* estar acostumbrado a = be familiar with, be no stranger to, be used to.

* estar acostumbrado a + Infinitivo = be accustomed to + Gerundio.

* estar a dos velas = not have a bean.

* estar a + Expresión Numérica + de distancia = be + Número + away.

* estar a favor de = be for, be in favour (of), come down in + favour of.

* estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.

* estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.

* estar agobiado de = be snowed under with.

* estar agradecido = be thankful.

* estar a la alerta de = be wary of.

* estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.

* estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = come up with + the goods.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = rise (up) to + challenge.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), be up to snuff.

* estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.

* estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.

* estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.

* estar a la baja = be down.

* estar al acecho = lie in + wait.

* estar a la entera disposición de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + feet.

* estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.

* estar a la misma altura que = rank with.

* estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.

* estar a la par de = rank with.

* estar a la vuelta de la esquina = be just around the corner.

* estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.

* estar al completo = overbook.

* estar al corriente = monitor + developments.

* estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar alejado + Expresión Numérica = be + Número + away.

* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.

* estar al loro de = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar al máximo = overstretch.

* estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.

* estar al tanto = monitor + developments.

* estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar a mano = be on hand, be around.

* estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....

* estar a merced de = be at the mercy of.

* estar ansioso por = be eager to.

* estar ante = be faced with.

* estar apagado = be off.

* estar a punto de = be poised to, be about to, be on the point of, stand + poised, come + very close to.

* estar a punto de cascarlas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.

* estar a punto de + Infinitivo = be about + Infinitivo.

* estar aquí ya = be upon us.

* estar a resultas de = keep + track of.

* estar arraigado en = be rooted in.

* estar arrestado = be under arrest.

* estar arriba = sit on + top.

* estar a salvo = be in safe hands.

* estar asociado a = be associated with, be bound up with.

* estar atado a = hold + hostage to.

* estar atareado = be tied up.

* estar atento a = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar aterrorizado = be petrified of, be frightened to death, be scared stiff, be terrified.

* estar a tope = overstretch.

* estar atrancado = be stuck.

* estar atrasado en el pago = be in arrears.

* estar aumentando = be on the increase.

* estár aún más alejados = be one step further removed.

* estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.

* estar ausente = lack.

* estar ausente de = be absent (from).

* estar avanzado = be well under way.

* estar avergonzado = be ashamed.

* estar averiado = be out of order.

* estar aviado = be (in) a mess.

* estar bajo arresto = be under arrest.

* estar bajo la tutela de = fall under + the auspices of.

* estar bastante acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.

* estar bastante alejado = be a distance apart.

* estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.

* estar bien de salud = be in good health.

* estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.

* estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.

* estar borracho = be drunk, see + double.

* estar callado = keep + quiet.

* estar cansado de = be sick and tired of.

* estar capacitado para = be qualified to.

* estar casi finalizado = near + completion.

* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.

* estar castigado = be in the doghouse.

* estar cerca = be at hand, be on hand, be around.

* estar cerca de = be close to.

* estar chalado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar chiflado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar chiflado por = have + a crush on.

* estar chupado = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a snap, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* estar clarísimo = be patently clear.

* estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.

* estar colado por = have + a crush on.

* estar como una cabra = be a real nutter.

* estar completamente borracho = be drunk and incapable.

* estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.

* estar completamente equivocado = be way off.

* estar comprometido a = hold + hostage to.

* estar comprometido a + Infinitivo = be committed to + Gerundio.

* estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.

* estar condenado a ser = be doomed.

* estar conectado = be on.

* estar con el alma en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar con el tema = be on the topic.

* estar confinado = be confined.

* estar confuso = blur, be at sixes and sevens with, be at a nonplus, be all at sea.

* estar congelado = be frozen stiff.

* estar con la espalda contra la pared = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.

* estar contentísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar contraindicado = be contraindicated.

* estar contra las cuertas = be against the ropes.

* estar convencido = there + be + strong feeling.

* estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.

* estar convirtiéndose rápidamente = be fast becoming.

* estar correcto = be correct.

* estar correlacionado con = be correlated with.

* estar de acorde con = be commensurate with.

* estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.

* estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, see + eye to eye (with/on), jive with.

* estar de acuerdo (con/en) = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.

* estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.

* estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.

* estar de baja = be off work.

* estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.

* estar debatiéndose = be under discussion.

* estar de brazos cruzados = stand + idle, sit + idle.

* estar de buen humor = be high.

* estar de camino a = be on the road to.

* estar de capa caída = be in the doldrums.

* estar de cháchara = chinwag.

* estar decidido a = be determined to, be of a mind to, be intent on, be all set to.

* estar decidido a continuar = be set to continue.

* estar decidido a + Infinitivo = be set to + Infinitivo.

* estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.

* estar de moda = be in.

* estar densamente poblado de = be dense with.

* estar dentro de = fall within/into.

* estar dentro de la competencia = be the province of.

* estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.

* estar de palique = chinwag.

* estar de parloteo = chinwag.

* estar de pie = stand.

* estar de pie por encima de = stand over.

* estar desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.

* estar desacreditado = hold in + disrepute.

* estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.

* estar desasosegado = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar desbordado de = be snowed under with.

* estar desbordante de = spill over with.

* estar descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* estar descontento con = express + dissatisfaction with.

* estar deseoso de = be anxious to, be more than ready for.

* estar desesperado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.

* estar desocupado = stand + idle.

* estar desordenado = be out of order.

* estar desquiciado = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar destinado a = be intended for/to.

* estar destrozado = be + wreck, be a shambles.

* estar de suerte = be in luck.

* estar detenido = be under arrest.

* estar de vacaciones = be on vacation, be off on vacation.

* estar de vuelta = be back.

* estar de vuelta dentro de = be back in + Expresión Temporal.

* estar directamente relacionado con = be directly correlated to.

* estar disgustado por = feel deeply about.

* estar disperso = lie + scattered.

* estar disponible = be available, be forthcoming, be at hand.

* estar dispuestísimo a = be more than willing to.

* estar dispuesto = be game.

* estar dispuesto a = be keen to, be prepared to, be willing to, be of a mind to, be willing and able to, be ready, willing and able.

* estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.

* estar dispuesto y deseoso a = be willing and able to.

* estar dominado por Alguien = be under + Posesivo + thumb.

* estar ducho en = be adept at.

* estar dudoso = be doubtful.

* estar embarazada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar emocionado = be thrilled.

* estar empachado = have + indigestion.

* estar empeorando = be in decline.

* estar en = be in the course of.

* estar en alza = be up.

* estar enamorado de = carry + a torch for + Nombre, have + a crush on.

* estar en apuros = be in trouble, be in a fix.

* estar en ascuas = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en auge = go + strong.

* estar en Babia = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.

* estar en barbecho = lie + fallow.

* estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.

* estar encaminado a = be on the road to.

* estar en camino de = be on the way to.

* estar encantadísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar encantado = be thrilled.

* estar encantado de Hacer Algo = be more than happy to + Infinitivo.

* estar en casa = be in.

* estar en celo = be on heat, be in heat.

* estar encendido = be on.

* estar enchufado = be on.

* estar encinta = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en consonancia con = be consonant with, attune to, align + Reflexivo + with.

* estar en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), be in touch (with).

* estar en contra de = be against.

* estar en debate = be under discussion.

* estar en decadencia = be in decline, be in retreat.

* estar en declive = be in decline.

* estar en desacuerdo = be at variance, disagree, quarrel with, beg to differ, be at sixes and sevens with each other.

* estar en desacuerdo con = be at odds with, be at loggerheads with.

* estar en desacuerdo sobre = be at odds over.

* estar en desigualdad = be under par.

* estar en desventaja = be disadvantaged, be at a disadvantage.

* estar en deuda = be in debt.

* estar en deuda con = be beholden to.

* estar endeudado = be in debt.

* estar en dificultades = be in trouble.

* estar en duda = be in question.

* estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el séptimo cielo = be on cloud nine, float on + air.

* estar en el sitio justo en el momento preciso = be on the spot.

* estar enemistados = be at loggerheads.

* estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.

* estar enfermo de amor = be lovesick.

* estar en flor = be in bloom, be in flower.

* estar en floración = be in bloom, be in flower.

* estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.

* estar enfrascado en Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar enfrentados = be at loggerheads.

* estar en funcionamiento = be up.

* estar en función de = be a function of.

* estar en guardia = be on guard (against), be on + Posesivo + guard.

* estar en guerra con = be at war with.

* estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.

* estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.

* estar en juego = be at stake.

* estar en la gloria = be on cloud nine, float on + air.

* estar en la inopia = live in + cloud cuckoo land.

* estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.

* estar en la misma categoria que = rank with.

* estar en la onda = attune to + wavelength.

* estar en las mismas = be back to square one.

* estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.

* estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.

* estar en marcha = tick over.

* estar en mayoría = be in the majority.

* estar en medio de = caught in the middle.

* estar en minoría = be in the minority.

* estar en misa y repicando = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar enojado = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle.

* estar en paz = pay + Posesivo + dues.

* estar en peligro = be in jeopardy, be in question, be endangered, be at risk, be at stake.

* estar en peligro (de) = be in danger (of).

* estar en posición de = be in a position to.

* estar en proceso de = be on the way to, be in the process of, be in the course of.

* estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.

* estar en proceso de + Infinitivo = be on to + Infinitivo.

* estar en retirada = be in retreat.

* estar en ruinas = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar en sintonía con = attune to.

* estar en situación de = be in a position to.

* estar en suspense = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en tensión = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar en trance de = be in the process of.

* estar entre = fall between.

* estar entre la espada y la pared = be on the horns of a dilemma.

* estar entre los primeros = stay on top.

* estar entre rejas = be behind bars.

* estar entusiasmado = be thrilled.

* estar en un aprieto = be in a fix.

* estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.

* estar en un berenjenal = be (in) a mess.

* estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.

* estar en un momento clave = be at a watershed.

* estar en un momento decisivo = be at a watershed.

* estar en un sinvivir = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar en venta = be up for sale.

* estar en vías de = be on the road to, be in the process of.

* estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.

* estar en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar equivoado = miss + the point.

* estar equivocado = be mistaken, be wide of the mark, be wrong, be in error, miss + the mark, be in the wrong.

* estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).

* estar erróneo = be in error.

* estar esparcido = lie + scattered.

* estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.

* estar estropeado = be kaput.

* estar estropeándose = be on the way out.

* estar exento de pagar impuestos = write off.

* estar falto de = be short of.

* estar falto de práctica = get + rusty.

* estar familiarizado con = have + familiarity with.

* estar firmemente convencido = strongly held opinion.

* estar frenético = be furious.

* estar frito de sed = be parched, spit + feathers, be parched with thirst.

* estar fuera = be out.

* estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.

* estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.

* estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.

* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.

* estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.

* estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.

* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.

* estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.

* estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.

* estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.

* estar fuera de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.

* estar funcionando = be in place.

* estar furioso = fume.

* estar + Gerundio = be on the way to.

* estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* estar hambriento = starve.

* estar harto = have had enough.

* estar harto de = be all too familiar with, be sick and tired of.

* estar hasta la coronilla de = be sick and tired of.

* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.

* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.

* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.

* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.

* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.

* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.

* estar hecho un desastre = look like + a wreck, be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.

* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.

* estar hecho un flan = shake like + a leaf, tremble like + a leaf.

* estar hecho un lío = be at sixes and sevens with.

* estar hecho un perla = be a bit of a lad.

* estar hecho un pinta = be a bit of a lad.

* estar hecho un prenda = be a bit of a lad.

* estar helado = be frozen stiff.

* estar implícito en = run through.

* estar inactivo = lie + fallow, lie + dormant.

* estar incluido = be embedded.

* estar indeciso = be hesitant (to).

* estar indeciso entre... o... = be torn between... and....

* estar inerte = lie + fallow.

* estar informado puntualmente sobre = monitor + information on.

* estar inmune a = be immune against.

* estar inquieto = be disturbed.

* estar interesado en = be interested in, be keen to.

* estar inundado de = be snowed under with.

* estar junto a = stand by + Lugar.

* estar juntos = be together, stand + together.

* estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.

* estar la mar de contento = be over the moon.

* estar lejos de (ser) + Infinitivo = be far from + Gerundio.

* estar levantado = be up.

* estar libre de = be free from.

* estar ligado a = be bound up with.

* estar listo = stand + ready, be ready.

* estar listo para = be poised to, stand + poised, be all set to.

* estar lleno de problemas = bristle with + problems.

* estar localizable = be locatable.

* estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon, be over the moon.

* estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.

* estar loco por = have + a crush on.

* estar majareta = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar mal = be wrong, feel under + the weather, be under the weather.

* estar mal comunicado con = have + poor connections with.

* estar mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.

* estar manga por hombro = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar marcado por = be pockmarked with.

* estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.

* estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.

* estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.

* estar motivado = be motivated, have + motivation.

* estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.

* estar muerto de asco = be bored to death, be bored stiff, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.

* estar muerto de frío = be frozen stiff.

* estar muerto de hambre = be starving to death.

* estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.

* estar muerto de sed = spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.

* estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.

* estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.

* estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.

* estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.

* estar muy bajo = be way down.

* estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.

* estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.

* estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.

* estar muy esparcido = spread + Nombre + thinly.

* estar muy lejano = be far off.

* estar muy lejos = be far off, be a long way off.

* estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.

* estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.

* estar muy puesto = stay on top of + the game, stay on top.

* estar muy separado = set + far apart.

* estar muy usado = be well thumbed.

* estar nervioso = be in a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* estar oculto = lie + hidden.

* estar ocupado = busyness, be engaged, be tied up.

* estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.

* estar orgulloso de = be proud (of/to).

* estar orientado a/para = be geared to.

* estar orientado hacia = target.

* estar orientado hacia + Nombre = be + Nombre + driven.

* estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar pendiente de = be on the lookout for, pay + attention to, keep + an eye on, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar perdido = be out of + Posesivo + league, be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, be all at sea.

* estar permitido = be permissible.

* estar plagado de = be rife with.

* estar plenamente convencido de Algo = feel (it) in + Posesivo + bones.

* estar pluriempleado = moonlight, work + a second job.

* estar pluriempleado, tener un segundo trabajo, tener un segundo empleo = work + a second job.

* estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.

* estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].

* estar por delante de = be ahead of.

* estar por demostrar = be unproven.

* estar por detrás = be behind.

* estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.

* estar por las nubes = be through the roof.

* estar por ver = be an open question.

* estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.

* estar precavido = be on + Posesivo + guard, be on guard (against).

* estar predestinado a = be predestined to.

* estar predispuesto = feel + partial.

* estar predispuesto a = be predisposed to/toward(s).

* estar preñada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar preocupadísimo = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.

* estar preocupado por = be anxious to.

* estar preparado = be readied, stand + ready, be ready.

* estar preparado para = be geared up for/to, stand + poised.

* estar preparado y dispuesto a = be willing and able to.

* estar preparado y dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.

* estar presente = be manifest, be present, be in evidence.

* estar presionado = be under the gun.

* estar propuesto a = be intent on.

* estar próximo = be at hand.

* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).

* estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.

* estar realizándose = underway [under way], be in progress, be in hand.

* estar rebosante de = spill over with.

* estar rebosante de salud = fit as a fiddle.

* estar relacionado con = be associated with, regard.

* estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.

* estar resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.

* estar resfriado = have + a cold.

* estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.

* estar restringido = be constrained.

* estar resuelto a = be intent on, be all set to.

* estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.

* estar salpicado de = be dotted with.

* estar sano y salvo = be alive and well.

* estar satisfecho (de) = be satisfied (with).

* estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.

* estar sediento = be thirsty, spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.

* estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.

* estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.

* estar seguro de que = be confident that.

* estar sentado sin hacer o decir nada = sit by.

* estar separado = set + apart.

* estar separado de = be remote from.

* estar sesgado = bias, slant.

* estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.

* estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.

* estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.

* estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.

* estar sin blanca = not have a bean.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.

* estar sin una pela = not have a bean.

* estar sin un centavo = not have a bean.

* estar sin un céntimo = not have a bean.

* * *
I 1.
cópula

1) ( seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1] to be

qué gordo está! — isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat!

pobre abuelo! está viejo — poor grandpa! he's really aged

la sopa está deliciosa/muy caliente — the soup is delicious/very hot

está muy simpático conmigo — he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently)

todo está tan caro! — things are o have become so expensive!

está cansada/furiosa/embarazada — she is tired/furious/pregnant

2) (con bien, mal, mejor, peor)

están todos bien, gracias — they're all fine, thanks

qué bien estás en esta foto! — you look great in this photo!

está mal que no se lo perdones — it's wrong of you not to forgive him; ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor

3) ( hablando de estado civil) to be

está casada con un primo mío — she's married to a cousin of mine

4) ( seguido de participios)

estar sentado/echado/arrodillado — to be sitting/lying/kneeling (down)

estaban abrazados — they had their arms around each other; ver tb verbo auxiliar 2

5) ( con predicado introducido por preposición) to be; (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente)

estoy a régimen — I'm on a diet

¿a cómo está la uva? — how much are the grapes?

estamos como al principio — we're back to where we started

está con el sarampión — she has (the) measles

siempre está con lo mismo — he's always going on about the same thing

está de buen humor — she's in a good mood

están de limpieza/viaje — they're spring-cleaning/on a trip

hoy estoy de cocinera — I'm doing the cooking today

estaba de secretaria — she worked as a secretary

no estoy para bromas — I'm not in the mood for jokes

estamos sin electricidad — the electricity is off at the moment

está sin pintar — it hasn't been painted yet

estar con alguien — ( estar de acuerdo) to agree with somebody; ( apoyar) to support somebody, be on somebody's side

el pueblo está con nosotros — the people are with us

estar en algo: no lo hemos solucionado pero estamos en ello or eso — we haven't solved it but we're working on it

6) ( introducido por que)

el agua está que pela — the water's scalding hot

está que no hay quien lo aguante — he's (being) unbearable
2.
estar vi

Sentido I

1) ( en un lugar)

edificio/pueblo ( estar ubicado) to be

¿dónde está Chiapas? — where's Chiapas?

está a 20 kilómetros de aquí — it's 20 kilometers from here

2)

a) persona/objeto ( hallarse en cierto momento) to be

¿sabes dónde está Pedro? — do you know where Pedro is?

¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? — what time do you have to be there?

¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? — where did we get to in the last class?

b) ( figurar) to be

yo no estaba en la lista — I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list

3) ( hallarse en determinado lugar)

¿está Rodrigo? — is Rodrigo in?

¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

4)

a) (quedarse, permanecer)

sólo estaré unos días — I'll only be staying a few days

¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? — how long are you going to be in London (for)?

b) ( vivir)

ahora estamos en Soca — we're in o we live in Soca now

de momento estoy con mi hermana — at the moment I'm staying with my sister

Sentido II

5) ( en el tiempo)

¿a qué (día) estamos? — what day is it today?

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? — what's the date today?

estamos a 28 de mayo — it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May

estamos en primavera — it's spring

¿en qué mes estamos? — what month are we in o is it?

Sentido III

6) (existir, haber)

y después está el problema de... — and then there's the problem of...

luego están los niños, hay que pensar en ellos — then there are the children to think about

7) (tener como función, cometido)

estar para algo: para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for; estamos para ayudarlos — we're here to help them

8) ( radicar)

ahí está el quid del asunto — that's the crux of the matter

estar en algo: en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies; todo está en que él quiera — it all depends on whether he wants to or not

9) (estar listo, terminado)

la carne todavía no está — the meat's not ready yet

lo atas con un nudo y ya está — you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are

enseguida estoy — I'll be right with you

ya está! ya sé la repuesta! — I've got it! I know the answer!

ahí está! — that's it!

10) ( quedar entendido)

que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? — don't let it happen again, understand? o (colloq) got it?

11)

ya que estamos/estás — while we're/you're at it

12) (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl)

te está grande/pequeña — it's too big/too small for you

la 46 te está mejor — the 46 fits you better
3.
estar v aux

1) ( con gerundio)

está lloviendo — it's raining

se está afeitando — he's shaving

estoy viendo que va a ser imposible — I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible

2) ( con participio)

la foto está tomada con flash — the photo was taken with flash

ese asiento está ocupado — that seat is taken

ya está hecho un hombrecito — he's a proper young man now; ver tb estar cópula 4)
4.
estarse v pron

1) (enf) ( permanecer) to stay

se estuvo horas ahí sentado — he remained sitting there for hours

¿no te puedes estar quieto? — can't you stay o keep still?

estése tranquilo — don't worry

2) (enf) ( llegar) to be

estáte allí media hora antes — be there half an hour before
II
masculino (esp AmL) living room

* * *

= be, become, live with.

Ex: Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.

Ex: Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.

Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

* ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.

* ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.

* creer que estar bien = feel + right.

* creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.

* dejar las cosas como están = let + sleeping dogs lie.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.

* esperanza + estar = hope + lie.

* estando de acuerdo = approvingly.

* estando de servicio = while on the job.

* estando sentado = from a seated position.

* estar a años de distancia = be years away.

* estar abierto a = be open to.

* estar abocado a ser = be doomed.

* estar absorto en = be wrapped up in.

* estar aburridísimo = be bored stiff, be bored to death, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.

* estar aburrido como una ostra = be bored stiff.

* estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between, straddle (between).

* estar a caballo entre... y... = lie + midway between... and..., tread + a fine line between... and, tread + the thin line between... and, tread + a delicate line between... and.

* estar acabando con = eat away at.

* estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar a + Cantidad + de distancia = Cantidad + distant from.

* estar a cargo de = man, be the responsibility of.

* estar accesible = be up.

* estar accesible en línea = go + online.

* estar accesible en red = go + online.

* estar acertado = be right on track.

* estar acostumbrado a = be familiar with, be no stranger to, be used to.

* estar acostumbrado a + Infinitivo = be accustomed to + Gerundio.

* estar a dos velas = not have a bean.

* estar a + Expresión Numérica + de distancia = be + Número + away.

* estar a favor de = be for, be in favour (of), come down in + favour of.

* estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.

* estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.

* estar agobiado de = be snowed under with.

* estar agradecido = be thankful.

* estar a la alerta de = be wary of.

* estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.

* estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = come up with + the goods.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = rise (up) to + challenge.

* estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), be up to snuff.

* estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.

* estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.

* estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.

* estar a la baja = be down.

* estar al acecho = lie in + wait.

* estar a la entera disposición de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + feet.

* estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.

* estar a la misma altura que = rank with.

* estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.

* estar a la par de = rank with.

* estar a la vuelta de la esquina = be just around the corner.

* estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.

* estar al completo = overbook.

* estar al corriente = monitor + developments.

* estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar alejado + Expresión Numérica = be + Número + away.

* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.

* estar al loro de = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar al máximo = overstretch.

* estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.

* estar al tanto = monitor + developments.

* estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar a mano = be on hand, be around.

* estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....

* estar a merced de = be at the mercy of.

* estar ansioso por = be eager to.

* estar ante = be faced with.

* estar apagado = be off.

* estar a punto de = be poised to, be about to, be on the point of, stand + poised, come + very close to.

* estar a punto de cascarlas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.

* estar a punto de + Infinitivo = be about + Infinitivo.

* estar aquí ya = be upon us.

* estar a resultas de = keep + track of.

* estar arraigado en = be rooted in.

* estar arrestado = be under arrest.

* estar arriba = sit on + top.

* estar a salvo = be in safe hands.

* estar asociado a = be associated with, be bound up with.

* estar atado a = hold + hostage to.

* estar atareado = be tied up.

* estar atento a = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar aterrorizado = be petrified of, be frightened to death, be scared stiff, be terrified.

* estar a tope = overstretch.

* estar atrancado = be stuck.

* estar atrasado en el pago = be in arrears.

* estar aumentando = be on the increase.

* estár aún más alejados = be one step further removed.

* estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.

* estar ausente = lack.

* estar ausente de = be absent (from).

* estar avanzado = be well under way.

* estar avergonzado = be ashamed.

* estar averiado = be out of order.

* estar aviado = be (in) a mess.

* estar bajo arresto = be under arrest.

* estar bajo la tutela de = fall under + the auspices of.

* estar bastante acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.

* estar bastante alejado = be a distance apart.

* estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.

* estar bien de salud = be in good health.

* estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.

* estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.

* estar borracho = be drunk, see + double.

* estar callado = keep + quiet.

* estar cansado de = be sick and tired of.

* estar capacitado para = be qualified to.

* estar casi finalizado = near + completion.

* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.

* estar castigado = be in the doghouse.

* estar cerca = be at hand, be on hand, be around.

* estar cerca de = be close to.

* estar chalado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar chiflado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar chiflado por = have + a crush on.

* estar chupado = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a snap, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* estar clarísimo = be patently clear.

* estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.

* estar colado por = have + a crush on.

* estar como una cabra = be a real nutter.

* estar completamente borracho = be drunk and incapable.

* estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.

* estar completamente equivocado = be way off.

* estar comprometido a = hold + hostage to.

* estar comprometido a + Infinitivo = be committed to + Gerundio.

* estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.

* estar condenado a ser = be doomed.

* estar conectado = be on.

* estar con el alma en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar con el tema = be on the topic.

* estar confinado = be confined.

* estar confuso = blur, be at sixes and sevens with, be at a nonplus, be all at sea.

* estar congelado = be frozen stiff.

* estar con la espalda contra la pared = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.

* estar contentísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar contraindicado = be contraindicated.

* estar contra las cuertas = be against the ropes.

* estar convencido = there + be + strong feeling.

* estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.

* estar convirtiéndose rápidamente = be fast becoming.

* estar correcto = be correct.

* estar correlacionado con = be correlated with.

* estar de acorde con = be commensurate with.

* estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.

* estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, see + eye to eye (with/on), jive with.

* estar de acuerdo (con/en) = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.

* estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.

* estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.

* estar de baja = be off work.

* estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.

* estar debatiéndose = be under discussion.

* estar de brazos cruzados = stand + idle, sit + idle.

* estar de buen humor = be high.

* estar de camino a = be on the road to.

* estar de capa caída = be in the doldrums.

* estar de cháchara = chinwag.

* estar decidido a = be determined to, be of a mind to, be intent on, be all set to.

* estar decidido a continuar = be set to continue.

* estar decidido a + Infinitivo = be set to + Infinitivo.

* estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.

* estar de moda = be in.

* estar densamente poblado de = be dense with.

* estar dentro de = fall within/into.

* estar dentro de la competencia = be the province of.

* estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.

* estar de palique = chinwag.

* estar de parloteo = chinwag.

* estar de pie = stand.

* estar de pie por encima de = stand over.

* estar desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.

* estar desacreditado = hold in + disrepute.

* estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.

* estar desasosegado = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar desbordado de = be snowed under with.

* estar desbordante de = spill over with.

* estar descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* estar descontento con = express + dissatisfaction with.

* estar deseoso de = be anxious to, be more than ready for.

* estar desesperado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.

* estar desocupado = stand + idle.

* estar desordenado = be out of order.

* estar desquiciado = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar destinado a = be intended for/to.

* estar destrozado = be + wreck, be a shambles.

* estar de suerte = be in luck.

* estar detenido = be under arrest.

* estar de vacaciones = be on vacation, be off on vacation.

* estar de vuelta = be back.

* estar de vuelta dentro de = be back in + Expresión Temporal.

* estar directamente relacionado con = be directly correlated to.

* estar disgustado por = feel deeply about.

* estar disperso = lie + scattered.

* estar disponible = be available, be forthcoming, be at hand.

* estar dispuestísimo a = be more than willing to.

* estar dispuesto = be game.

* estar dispuesto a = be keen to, be prepared to, be willing to, be of a mind to, be willing and able to, be ready, willing and able.

* estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.

* estar dispuesto y deseoso a = be willing and able to.

* estar dominado por Alguien = be under + Posesivo + thumb.

* estar ducho en = be adept at.

* estar dudoso = be doubtful.

* estar embarazada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar emocionado = be thrilled.

* estar empachado = have + indigestion.

* estar empeorando = be in decline.

* estar en = be in the course of.

* estar en alza = be up.

* estar enamorado de = carry + a torch for + Nombre, have + a crush on.

* estar en apuros = be in trouble, be in a fix.

* estar en ascuas = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en auge = go + strong.

* estar en Babia = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.

* estar en barbecho = lie + fallow.

* estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.

* estar encaminado a = be on the road to.

* estar en camino de = be on the way to.

* estar encantadísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar encantado = be thrilled.

* estar encantado de Hacer Algo = be more than happy to + Infinitivo.

* estar en casa = be in.

* estar en celo = be on heat, be in heat.

* estar encendido = be on.

* estar enchufado = be on.

* estar encinta = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en consonancia con = be consonant with, attune to, align + Reflexivo + with.

* estar en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), be in touch (with).

* estar en contra de = be against.

* estar en debate = be under discussion.

* estar en decadencia = be in decline, be in retreat.

* estar en declive = be in decline.

* estar en desacuerdo = be at variance, disagree, quarrel with, beg to differ, be at sixes and sevens with each other.

* estar en desacuerdo con = be at odds with, be at loggerheads with.

* estar en desacuerdo sobre = be at odds over.

* estar en desigualdad = be under par.

* estar en desventaja = be disadvantaged, be at a disadvantage.

* estar en deuda = be in debt.

* estar en deuda con = be beholden to.

* estar endeudado = be in debt.

* estar en dificultades = be in trouble.

* estar en duda = be in question.

* estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.

* estar en el séptimo cielo = be on cloud nine, float on + air.

* estar en el sitio justo en el momento preciso = be on the spot.

* estar enemistados = be at loggerheads.

* estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.

* estar enfermo de amor = be lovesick.

* estar en flor = be in bloom, be in flower.

* estar en floración = be in bloom, be in flower.

* estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.

* estar enfrascado en Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar enfrentados = be at loggerheads.

* estar en funcionamiento = be up.

* estar en función de = be a function of.

* estar en guardia = be on guard (against), be on + Posesivo + guard.

* estar en guerra con = be at war with.

* estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.

* estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.

* estar en juego = be at stake.

* estar en la gloria = be on cloud nine, float on + air.

* estar en la inopia = live in + cloud cuckoo land.

* estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.

* estar en la misma categoria que = rank with.

* estar en la onda = attune to + wavelength.

* estar en las mismas = be back to square one.

* estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.

* estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.

* estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.

* estar en marcha = tick over.

* estar en mayoría = be in the majority.

* estar en medio de = caught in the middle.

* estar en minoría = be in the minority.

* estar en misa y repicando = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar enojado = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle.

* estar en paz = pay + Posesivo + dues.

* estar en peligro = be in jeopardy, be in question, be endangered, be at risk, be at stake.

* estar en peligro (de) = be in danger (of).

* estar en posición de = be in a position to.

* estar en proceso de = be on the way to, be in the process of, be in the course of.

* estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.

* estar en proceso de + Infinitivo = be on to + Infinitivo.

* estar en retirada = be in retreat.

* estar en ruinas = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar en sintonía con = attune to.

* estar en situación de = be in a position to.

* estar en suspense = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en tensión = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar en trance de = be in the process of.

* estar entre = fall between.

* estar entre la espada y la pared = be on the horns of a dilemma.

* estar entre los primeros = stay on top.

* estar entre rejas = be behind bars.

* estar entusiasmado = be thrilled.

* estar en un aprieto = be in a fix.

* estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.

* estar en un berenjenal = be (in) a mess.

* estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.

* estar en un momento clave = be at a watershed.

* estar en un momento decisivo = be at a watershed.

* estar en un sinvivir = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.

* estar en venta = be up for sale.

* estar en vías de = be on the road to, be in the process of.

* estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.

* estar en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.

* estar equivoado = miss + the point.

* estar equivocado = be mistaken, be wide of the mark, be wrong, be in error, miss + the mark, be in the wrong.

* estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).

* estar erróneo = be in error.

* estar esparcido = lie + scattered.

* estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.

* estar estropeado = be kaput.

* estar estropeándose = be on the way out.

* estar exento de pagar impuestos = write off.

* estar falto de = be short of.

* estar falto de práctica = get + rusty.

* estar familiarizado con = have + familiarity with.

* estar firmemente convencido = strongly held opinion.

* estar frenético = be furious.

* estar frito de sed = be parched, spit + feathers, be parched with thirst.

* estar fuera = be out.

* estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.

* estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.

* estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.

* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.

* estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.

* estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.

* estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.

* estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.

* estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.

* estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.

* estar fuera de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.

* estar funcionando = be in place.

* estar furioso = fume.

* estar + Gerundio = be on the way to.

* estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.

* estar haciendo = be up to.

* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.

* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* estar hambriento = starve.

* estar harto = have had enough.

* estar harto de = be all too familiar with, be sick and tired of.

* estar hasta la coronilla de = be sick and tired of.

* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.

* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.

* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.

* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.

* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.

* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.

* estar hecho un desastre = look like + a wreck, be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.

* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.

* estar hecho un flan = shake like + a leaf, tremble like + a leaf.

* estar hecho un lío = be at sixes and sevens with.

* estar hecho un perla = be a bit of a lad.

* estar hecho un pinta = be a bit of a lad.

* estar hecho un prenda = be a bit of a lad.

* estar helado = be frozen stiff.

* estar implícito en = run through.

* estar inactivo = lie + fallow, lie + dormant.

* estar incluido = be embedded.

* estar indeciso = be hesitant (to).

* estar indeciso entre... o... = be torn between... and....

* estar inerte = lie + fallow.

* estar informado puntualmente sobre = monitor + information on.

* estar inmune a = be immune against.

* estar inquieto = be disturbed.

* estar interesado en = be interested in, be keen to.

* estar inundado de = be snowed under with.

* estar junto a = stand by + Lugar.

* estar juntos = be together, stand + together.

* estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.

* estar la mar de contento = be over the moon.

* estar lejos de (ser) + Infinitivo = be far from + Gerundio.

* estar levantado = be up.

* estar libre de = be free from.

* estar ligado a = be bound up with.

* estar listo = stand + ready, be ready.

* estar listo para = be poised to, stand + poised, be all set to.

* estar lleno de problemas = bristle with + problems.

* estar localizable = be locatable.

* estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.

* estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon, be over the moon.

* estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.

* estar loco por = have + a crush on.

* estar majareta = be off + Posesivo + rocker.

* estar mal = be wrong, feel under + the weather, be under the weather.

* estar mal comunicado con = have + poor connections with.

* estar mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.

* estar manga por hombro = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar marcado por = be pockmarked with.

* estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.

* estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.

* estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.

* estar motivado = be motivated, have + motivation.

* estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.

* estar muerto de asco = be bored to death, be bored stiff, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.

* estar muerto de frío = be frozen stiff.

* estar muerto de hambre = be starving to death.

* estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.

* estar muerto de sed = spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.

* estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.

* estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.

* estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.

* estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.

* estar muy bajo = be way down.

* estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.

* estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.

* estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.

* estar muy esparcido = spread + Nombre + thinly.

* estar muy lejano = be far off.

* estar muy lejos = be far off, be a long way off.

* estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.

* estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.

* estar muy puesto = stay on top of + the game, stay on top.

* estar muy separado = set + far apart.

* estar muy usado = be well thumbed.

* estar nervioso = be in a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* estar oculto = lie + hidden.

* estar ocupado = busyness, be engaged, be tied up.

* estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.

* estar orgulloso de = be proud (of/to).

* estar orientado a/para = be geared to.

* estar orientado hacia = target.

* estar orientado hacia + Nombre = be + Nombre + driven.

* estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.

* estar pendiente de = be on the lookout for, pay + attention to, keep + an eye on, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar perdido = be out of + Posesivo + league, be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, be all at sea.

* estar permitido = be permissible.

* estar plagado de = be rife with.

* estar plenamente convencido de Algo = feel (it) in + Posesivo + bones.

* estar pluriempleado = moonlight, work + a second job.

* estar pluriempleado, tener un segundo trabajo, tener un segundo empleo = work + a second job.

* estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.

* estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].

* estar por delante de = be ahead of.

* estar por demostrar = be unproven.

* estar por detrás = be behind.

* estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.

* estar por las nubes = be through the roof.

* estar por ver = be an open question.

* estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.

* estar precavido = be on + Posesivo + guard, be on guard (against).

* estar predestinado a = be predestined to.

* estar predispuesto = feel + partial.

* estar predispuesto a = be predisposed to/toward(s).

* estar preñada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* estar preocupadísimo = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.

* estar preocupado por = be anxious to.

* estar preparado = be readied, stand + ready, be ready.

* estar preparado para = be geared up for/to, stand + poised.

* estar preparado y dispuesto a = be willing and able to.

* estar preparado y dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.

* estar presente = be manifest, be present, be in evidence.

* estar presionado = be under the gun.

* estar propuesto a = be intent on.

* estar próximo = be at hand.

* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).

* estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.

* estar realizándose = underway [under way], be in progress, be in hand.

* estar rebosante de = spill over with.

* estar rebosante de salud = fit as a fiddle.

* estar relacionado con = be associated with, regard.

* estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.

* estar resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.

* estar resfriado = have + a cold.

* estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.

* estar restringido = be constrained.

* estar resuelto a = be intent on, be all set to.

* estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.

* estar salpicado de = be dotted with.

* estar sano y salvo = be alive and well.

* estar satisfecho (de) = be satisfied (with).

* estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.

* estar sediento = be thirsty, spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.

* estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.

* estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.

* estar seguro de que = be confident that.

* estar sentado sin hacer o decir nada = sit by.

* estar separado = set + apart.

* estar separado de = be remote from.

* estar sesgado = bias, slant.

* estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.

* estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.

* estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.

* estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.

* estar sin blanca = not have a bean.

* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.

* estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.

* estar sin una pela = not have a bean.

* estar sin un centavo = not have a bean.

* estar sin un céntimo = not have a bean

* * *

estar¹ [ A27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ estar (cópula)

A seguido de adjetivos

B estar bien, mal, mejor, peor

C hablando de estado civil

D seguido de participios

E con preposición + predicado

F con que + predicado

■ estar (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A quedar ubicado

B

1 hallarse en cierto momento

2 figurar

C

1 hallarse en determinado lugar

2 acudir

D

1 quedarse, permanecer

2 vivir

Sentido II en el tiempo

Sentido III

A existir, haber

B tener como función etc

C radicar

D estar listo, terminado

E quedar entendido

F quedar grande, pequeño etc

G Derecho

■ estar (verbo auxiliar)

A con gerundio

B con participio

■ estarse (verbo pronominal)

A permanecer

B acudir

cópula

A (seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser¹ (↑ ser (1)) . Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser¹ (↑ ser (1)) ] to be

¡qué gordo está! isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat! o put on a lot of weight!

¡qué alto está Ignacio! isn't Ignacio tall now!, hasn't Ignacio got(ten) tall o grown!

¡pobre abuelo! está viejo poor grandpa! he's really aged

el rape está delicioso ¿qué le has puesto? the monkfish is delicious, how did you cook it?

está muy simpático con nosotros ¿qué querrá? he's being o he's been so nice to us (recently), what do you think he's after?

no estuvo grosero contigo — sí, lo estuvo he wasn't rude to you — yes, he was

estás muy callado ¿qué te pasa? you're very quiet, what's the matter?

¡pero tú estás casi calvo! but you're almost bald, but you've gone almost bald o you've lost almost all your hair!

¿no me oyes? ¿estás sorda? can't you hear me? are you deaf?

¿está muerto/vivo? is he dead/alive?

está cansada/furiosa/embarazada she is tired/furious/pregnant

B ( con bien, mal, mejor, peor) [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

¿cómo están por tu casa? — están todos bien, gracias how's everybody at home? — they're all fine, thanks

¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!

está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him

ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor

C (hablando de estado civil) to be

está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine

sus padres están divorciados her parents are divorced

D

(seguido de participios): estaba sentado/echado en la cama he was sitting/lying on the bed

está colgado de una rama it's hanging from a branch

estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other

estaba arrodillada she was kneeling (down)

ver tb estar¹ v aux B.

E (con predicado introducido por preposición) to be (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente)

estoy a régimen I'm on a diet

¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?

estamos como al principio we're back to where we started

está con el sarampión she has (the) measles

estoy con muchas ganas de empezar I'm really looking forward to starting

siempre está con lo mismo/con que es un incomprendido he's always going on about the same thing/about how nobody understands him

estaba de luto/de uniforme he was in mourning/uniform

hoy está de mejor humor she's in a better mood today

están de limpieza/viaje they're spring-cleaning/on a trip

estoy de cocinera hasta que vuelva mi madre I'm doing the cooking until my mother comes back

estuvo de secretaria en una empresa internacional she worked as a secretary in an international company

estás en un error you're mistaken

no estoy para fiestas/bromas I'm not in the mood for parties/joking

estamos sin electricidad we don't have any electricity at the moment, the electricity is off at the moment

éste está sin pintar this one hasn't been painted yet

estar con algn (estar de acuerdo) to agree with sb; (apoyar) to support sb, be on sb's side

yo estoy contigo, creo que ella está equivocada I agree with you o ( colloq) I'm with you, I think she's mistaken

nuestro partido está con el pueblo our party supports o is on the side of the people

el pueblo está con nosotros the people are with us

estar en algo: todavía no hemos solucionado el problema, pero estamos en ello or eso we still haven't solved the problem, but we're working on it

estar por algn ( Esp fam); to be sweet o keen on sb ( colloq)

F (con predicado introducido por que):

está que no hay quien lo aguante he's (being) unbearable

el agua está que pela the water's scalding hot

vi

Sentido I (quedar ubicado)

A «edificio/pueblo» (quedar, estar ubicado) ; to be

la agencia está en el centro the agency is in the center

¿dónde está Camagüey? where's Camagüey?

el pueblo está a 20 kilómetros de aquí the town's 20 kilometers from here

B

1 «persona/objeto» (hallarse en cierto momento) to be

¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? what time do you have to be there?

estando allí conoció a Micaela he met Micaela while he was there

¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? where did we get to o had we got(ten) to in the last class?

2 (figurar) to be

esa palabra no está en el diccionario that word isn't in the dictionary

yo no estaba en la lista I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list

C

1

(hallarse en determinado lugar): fui a verla pero no estaba I went to see her but she wasn't there

¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?

¿estamos todos? are we all here?, is everyone here?

2

(Col, RPl) (acudir): el médico había estado a verla the doctor had been to see her

D

1

(quedarse, permanecer): sólo estaré unos días I'll only be staying a few days, I'll only be here/there a few days

¿cuánto tiempo estuviste en Londres? how long were you in London?

2

(vivir): ya no vivimos allí, ahora estamos en Soca we don't live there anymore, we're in o we live in Soca now

de momento estoy con mi hermana at the moment I'm staying with my sister

Sentido II [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(en el tiempo): ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today o today's date?, what date is it today?

estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th ( AmE) o ( BrE) the 28th of May

estamos a mediados de mes we're halfway through the month

estamos en primavera it's spring, spring has come

¿en qué mes estamos? what month are we in o is it?

ellos están en primavera ahora it's spring for them now, it's their spring now

Sentido III

A

(existir, haber): y después está el problema de la financiación and then there's the problem of finance

dejar

B (tener como función, cometido) estar PARA algo:

para eso estamos that's what we're here for

para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for

ya que estamos/estás while we're/you're at it o ( BrE) about it

C

(radicar): ahí está el quid del asunto that's the crux of the matter

estar EN algo:

la dificultad está en hacerlo sin mirar the difficult thing is to do it o the difficulty lies in doing it without looking

todo está en que él quiera ayudarnos it all depends on whether he wants to help us or not

D

(estar listo, terminado): la carne todavía no está the meat's not ready yet

lo atas con un nudo aquí y ya está you tie a knot in it here and that's it o there you are

enseguida estoy I'll be with you in a minute o in a second, I'll be right with you

¡ya está! ¡ya sé lo que podemos hacer! I've got it! I know what we can do!

¡ahí está! that's it!

E

(quedar entendido): quiero que estés de vuelta a las diez ¿estamos? or (Ur) ¿está? I want you to be back by ten, all right?

que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? don't let it happen again, understand? o is that understood? o ( colloq) got it?

F

( Esp) (quedar) (+ me/te/le etc), (+ compl): esa falda te está grande/pequeña that skirt's too big/too small for you

la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better

G ( frml) ( Derecho) estar A algo:

se estará a lo estipulado en la cláusula 20 the stipulations of clause 20 will apply

■

v aux

A

(con gerundio): está lloviendo it's raining

no hagas ruido, están durmiendo don't make any noise, they're asleep

se está afeitando/duchando or está afeitándose/duchándose he's shaving/taking a shower

estuve un rato hablando con él I was talking o I talked to him for a while

¿qué estará pensando? I wonder what she's thinking

ya estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible

ya te estás quitando de ahí, que ése es mi lugar ( fam); OK, out of there/off there, that's my place ( colloq)

B

(con participio): ¿esta ropa está planchada? have these clothes been ironed?, are these clothes ironed?

la foto estaba tomada desde muy lejos the photo had been taken from a long way away o from a great distance

ese asiento está ocupado that seat is taken

ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now

está hecha una vaga she's got(ten) o become lazy

ver tb cópula B

■ estarse

v pron

A ( enf) (permanecer) to stay

se estuvo horas ahí sentado sin moverse he remained sitting there for hours without moving, he sat there for hours without moving

¿no te puedes estar quieto un momento? can't you stay o keep still for a minute?

estése tranquilo don't worry

B ( enf) ( RPl) (acudir) to be

estáte allí media hora antes be there o arrive half an hour before

estar²

masculine

( esp AmL)

living room

* * *

estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
1
a) ( seguido de adjetivos)

◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

estás más gordo you've put on weight;
estoy cansada I'm tired;
está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
b) ( con

◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
◊ está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine

3 ( seguido de participios)
◊ estar sentado to be sitting;

estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
ver tb v aux 2
4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
(para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);
◊ estoy a régimen I'm on a diet;

¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en un lugar) to be;
◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
solo estaré unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
2 ( en el tiempo):
◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
estamos en primavera it's spring
3
a) (tener como función, cometido):

◊ para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for;

estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them
b) ( radicar) to lie;

◊ en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies

4 (estar listo, terminado):
◊ la carne todavía no está the meat's not ready yet;

lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):
◊ te está pequeña it's too small for you;

la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
estar v aux
1 ( con gerundio):
◊ está lloviendo it's raining;

estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
2 ( con participio):
◊ ese asiento está ocupado that seat is taken;

ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
ver tb estar cópula 3
estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
◊ ¿no te puedes estar quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

estese tranquilo don't worry
estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
estar verbo intransitivo
1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
está dormido, he's asleep
está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
(con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
(con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
(: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
(: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
estar al caer, to be just round the corner
estar en baja, to be waning
estar en todo, to be on top of everything
estaría bueno, whatever next
ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.

' estar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abismo
- acatarrada
- acatarrado
- acecho
- acomplejada
- acomplejado
- acostada
- acostado
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
- activa
- activo
- afónica
- afónico
- agradecer
- agua
- aire
- ajo
- ala
- alero
- alerta
- amiga
- amigo
- andar
- antena
- apañada
- apañado
- apogeo
- ascua
- atar
- aviar
- azotea
- Babia
- baja
- bandera
- banquillo
- barco
- blanca
- bordear
- borracha
- borracho
- bote
- braga
- brecha
- brete
- buena
- bueno
- cabal
- cabeza
- cabo
English:
about
- accustom
- action
- agree
- agreement
- ahead
- air
- alert
- alive
- alone
- aloof
- amenable
- amiss
- antsy
- anxious
- approve
- associate
- attend
- away
- back
- ball
- barbecue
- be
- bean
- beck
- beg
- behind
- believe in
- beside
- best
- board
- boil
- book
- boom
- bored
- brain
- breath
- bristle with
- broke
- brown
- bulge
- burn
- by
- cake
- call
- change
- charge
- cheese off
- clash
- close

* * *

estar¹

♦ vi

1. [hallarse] to be;

¿dónde está la llave? where is the key?;

¿está María? – no, no está is Maria there? – no, she's not here

2. [con fechas]
¿a qué estamos hoy? what's the date today?;

hoy estamos a martes/a 15 de julio today is Tuesday/15 July;

estábamos en octubre it was October;

estamos en invierno it's winter

3. [quedarse] to stay, to be;

estaré un par de horas y me iré I'll stay a couple of hours and then I'll go;

¿cuánto tiempo piensas estar? how long do you plan on staying?;

estuvimos una semana en su casa we stayed with her for a week, we spent a week at her place

4. (antes de “a”) [expresa valores, grados]
estamos a 20 grados it's 20 degrees here;

el dólar está a 10 pesos the dollar is at 10 pesos;

están a dos euros el kilo they're two euros a kilo

5. [hallarse listo] to be ready;

¿aún no está ese trabajo? is that piece of work still not ready?;

¿ya estás? pues, vámonos are you ready? let's go then

6. [servir]
estar para to be (there) for;

para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for;

para eso estoy that's what I'm here for;

la vida está para vivirla life is for living;

no tires eso al suelo, que las papeleras están para algo don't throw that on the floor, the wastepaper bins are there for a reason

7. (antes de gerundio) [expresa duración] to be;

están golpeando la puerta they're banging on the door

8. (antes de “sin” + infinitivo) [expresa negación]
estoy sin dormir desde ayer I haven't slept since yesterday;

está sin acabar it's not finished;

estuve sin voz dos días I had no voice o I lost my voice for two days

9. [faltar]
eso está aún por escribir that has yet to be written;

eso está por ver that remains to be seen;

todavía está por hacer it hasn't been done yet

10. [consistir]
estar en to be, to lie in;

el problema está en la fecha the problem is the date;

el truco está en no mirar nunca al suelo the trick o secret is not to look at the ground

11. [hallarse a punto de]
estar al llegar o [m5] caer [persona] to be about to arrive;
[acontecimiento] to be about to happen;
estar por hacer algo to be on the verge of doing sth;

estuve por pegarle I was on the verge of hitting him;

estoy por no ir I'm not so sure I want to go;

estuve por llamarte I was about to phone you, I was just going to phone you

12. [expresa disposición]
estar para algo to be in the mood for sth;

no estoy para bromas I'm not in the mood for jokes;

el enfermo no está para ver a nadie the patient is in no condition to see anyone

13. [ser favorable]
estar por to be in favour of;

estoy por la libertad de expresión I'm in favour of o for freedom of speech

14. [hallarse embarazada]
está de cinco meses she's five months pregnant

15. RP [ir]
estuve a verlo en el hospital I went to see him in hospital;

estuvieron a visitarlo they went to visit him

♦ v copulativo

1. (antes de adj) [expresa cualidad, estado] to be;

los pasteles están ricos the cakes are delicious;

esta calle está sucia this street is dirty;

¡qué alta estás! you've really grown!;

estoy cansado/enfadado I'm tired/angry;

¿qué tal estás? how are you?;

está muy irritable últimamente she's been very irritable lately;

está divorciado he's divorced;

estoy enfermo/mareado I am ill/I feel sick;
Andes
cuando estaba chiquito when I was little

2. (antes de “con” o “sin” + sustantivo) [expresa estado] to be;

estamos sin agua we have no water, we're without water;
Fam
estoy sin blanca I'm broke, Br I'm skint

3. [expresa situación, acción]
estar de vacaciones to be on holiday;

estar de viaje to be on a trip;

estar de mudanza to be (in the process of) moving;

estamos de suerte we're in luck;

estar de mal humor to be in a (bad) mood;

¿has cambiado la rueda? – estoy en ello have you changed the tyre? – I'm working on it o I'm doing it right now;

¡ya está bien! that's enough (of that)!

4. [expresa permanencia]
estar en uso to be in use;

estar en guardia to be on guard

5. [expresa apoyo, predilección]
estoy contigo I'm on your side

6. [expresa ocupación]
estar como o [m5]de to be;

está como o [m5] de cajera she's a checkout girl;

yo he estado de portero toda la primera parte I've been in goal all of the first half

7. Esp [ropa]
este traje te está bien this suit looks good on you;

esa falda te está corta that skirt's too short for you;

¿cómo me está? how does this look?

8. (antes de “que” + verbo) [expresa actitud]
está que muerde porque ha suspendido he's furious because he failed

♦ v aux

1. (antes de gerundio) to be;

estuvo nevando it was snowing;

se está peinando she's brushing her hair;

estuvieron discutiendo durante toda la reunión they spent the whole meeting arguing, they were arguing throughout the whole meeting;

mañana a estas horas estaré bañándome en la playa this time tomorrow I'll be swimming at the beach

2. (antes de participio)
está terminado it's finished;

está organizado por el ayuntamiento it's organized by the town council

♦ See also the pronominal verb estarse

* * *

estar

v/i

1 situación temporal be;

¿cómo está Vd.? how are you?;

estoy mejor I’m (feeling) better;

estoy bien/mal I’m fine/I’m not feeling too great;

estar de tres meses be three months pregnant;

estar sin dinero have no money;

¡ya estoy! I’m ready!

2 situación espacial

:

¿está Javier? is Javier in?;

mi padre no está my father isn’t here;

¡ahí está! there it is!;

ahora estoy con Vd. I’ll be with you in just a moment;

¿dónde estábamos? where were we?

3

:

estar haciendo algo be doing sth;

estoy leyendo I’m reading

4 ( sentar)

:

te está grande it's too big for you;

el vestido te está bien the dress suits you

5

:

estar de ocupación work as, be;

está de camarero he’s working as a waiter

6 ( padecer de)

:

estar del corazón/estómago have heart/stomach problems

7 indicando fechas, precios

:

estamos a 3 de enero it’s January 3rd;

el kilo está a un peso they’re one peso a kilo

8

:

estar con alguien agree with s.o.; ( apoyar) support s.o.;

estar a bien/mal con alguien be on good/bad terms with s.o.;

estar en algo be working on sth;

estar para hacer algo be about to do sth;

no estar para algo not be in a mood for sth;

estar por algo be in favor of sth;

está por hacer it hasn’t been done yet;

¡ya está! that’s it!

* * *

estar {34} v aux

: to be

estoy aprendiendo inglés: I'm learning English

está terminado: it's finished

estar vi

1) (indicating a state or condition) : to be

está muy alto: he's so tall, he's gotten very tall

¿ya estás mejor?: are you feeling better now?

estoy casado: I'm married

2) (indicating location) : to be

están en la mesa: they're on the table

estamos en la página 2: we're on page 2

3) : to be at home

¿está María?: is Maria in?

4) : to remain

estaré aquí 5 días: I'll be here for 5 days

5) : to be ready, to be done

estará para las diez: it will be ready by ten o'clock

6) : to agree

¿estamos?: are we in agreement?

estoy contigo: I'm with you

7)

¿cómo estás? : how are you?

8)

¡está bien! : all right!, that's fine!

9)

estar a : to cost

10)

estar a : to be

¿a qué dia estamos?: what's today's date?

11)

estar con : to have

está con fiebre: she has a fever

12)

estar de : to be

estoy de vacaciones: I'm on vacation

está de director hoy: he's acting as director today

13)

estar bien (mal) : to be well (sick)

14)

estar para : to be in the mood for

15)

estar por : to be in favor of

16)

estar por : to be about to

está por cerrar: it's on the verge of closing

17)

estar de más : to be unnecessary

18)

estar que : to be (in a state or condition)

está que echa chispas: he's hopping mad

♦ See also the reflexive verb estarse

* * *

estar vb

1. (en general) to be

estoy bien I'm fine

¿estás cansada? are you tired?

está en Londres he's in London

la falda te está grande the skirt's too big for you

2. (uso auxiliar) to be

está comiendo he's eating

está durmiendo she's asleep

3. (en casa, en el trabajo) to be in / to be there / to be here

¿está Pepe? is Pepe in? / is Pepe there?

¿está tu madre en casa? is your mother in?

no está en este momento he's not here right now

4. (listo, preparado) to be ready

en seguida está it'll be ready in a moment

5. (aspecto) to look

¡qué guapo estás! you look very smart!

estar a... to be...

estamos a viernes it's Friday

estamos a 10 grados the temperature's 10 degrees

¿a cuánto están los tomates? how much are the tomatoes?

estar de... to be...

estamos de vacaciones we're on holiday

está de exámenes she's doing exams

estar de más (no ser necesario) to be unnecessary (estorbar) to be in the way

estar por ver to remain to be seen

no estar para algo (apetecer) not to be in the mood for something (estar a punto) to be about to

Spanish-English dictionary > estar
79 dar

v.

1 to give.

dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody something

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother

Ella me da dinero She gives me money.

Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.

El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.

2 to give, to produce.

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice

3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor

4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).

5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).

dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on

6 to show.

dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense

7 to teach.

dar inglés/historia to teach English/history

8 to deal (repartir) (en naipes).

9 to strike (horas).

dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck

10 to get, to catch.

11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.

12 to feel.

Me da alegría I feel joy.

13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.

Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.

14 to give forth, to burst out.

Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.

15 to make one feel.

Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.

16 to hit.

Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place

17 to give up.

* * *

DAR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.

Past Indicative

di, diste, dio, dimos, disteis, dieron.

Present Subjunctive

dé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.

Imperfect Subjunctive

diera, dieras, diera, diéramos, dierais, dieran;

diese, dieses, diese, diésemos, dieseis, diesen.

Future Subjunctive

diere, dieres, diere, diéremos, diereis, dieren.

Imperative

da (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to give

2) hit, strike

3) hand over, deliver

4) produce, yield

5) be enough

•

- dar a
- dar con
- dar contra
- dar por
- darse a
- darse de sí
- dárselas de
* * *
Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tell

le dio un bocadillo a su hijo — he gave his son a sandwich

se lo di a Blanca — I gave it to Blanca

me dieron un diploma por mi buen comportamiento — I was given a diploma for good conduct

le dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize

déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please

• ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope

• dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb

2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to take

dar un alarido — to shriek

dar una bofetada a algn — to slap sb

dar un golpe a algn — to hit sb

dio un golpe en la mesa — he banged on the table

dar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry

dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk

dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh

3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw

la embajada dará una recepción — the embassy will hold a reception

4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on

¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?

5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screen

dan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film

¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?

6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strike

el reloj dio las tres — the clock struck three

ya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock

7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yield

dar flores — to flower

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

una inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest

8) (=tener como resultado)

el cálculo dio 99 — the sum worked out at 99

el atleta dio positivo en el control antidoping — the athlete tested positive for drugs

9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to give

me dio mucha alegría verla — I was very pleased to see her

las babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting

este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper

da gusto hablar con él — he's really nice to talk to

tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father

me da pena tener que tirarlo — it's a pity to have to throw it away

el vino me da sueño — wine makes me sleepy

10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin

vinieron a visitarme y me dieron la tarde — they came to visit and ruined my afternoon

¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!

11) dar por (=considerar) to consider

doy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled

le dieron por desaparecido — they gave him up for lost

doy el dinero por bien empleado — I consider it money well spent

lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it

lo podemos dar por terminado — we can consider it finished

12)

- ¡y dale!

- estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale

la vecina está dale que dale al piano — our neighbour is pounding away at the piano

estoy dale que dale a este problema — I've been bashing away at this problem *

- a mí no me la das

- ¡ahí te las den todas!

- por si vienen mal dadas

para dar y tomar —

tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles

aquí hay basura para dar y tomar — there's tons of rubbish here

- me da que...

me da que no va a venir — I have a feeling (that) he's not going to come

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar) to give

dame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you

- a quien dan no escoge

2) (=entrar)

me dieron ganas de vomitar — I felt like being sick

si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down

le dio un fuerte dolor en el costado — he felt a sudden sharp pain in his side

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

3) (=importar)

¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!

¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?

¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose

lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds

me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

4) [seguido de preposición]
dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to face
mi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden
darle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kick
dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key

darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump

dale más fuerte a la bomba — pump harder

¡dale! — hit him!

no es capaz de darle al balón de cabeza — he can't head the ball
dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with
dimos con él dos horas más tarde — we found him two hours later

al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution

no doy con el nombre — I can't think of the name

• dar [consigo] en — to end up in

dio consigo en la cárcel — he ended up in jail
dar contra (=golpear) to hit
el barco dio contra el puente — the ship hit the bridge
dar de
dar de palos a algn — to give sb a beating

dar de puñetazos a algn — to punch sb

dar de barniz a algo — to varnish sth

• dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink

• dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sb

• dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long way

lo que cada uno puede dar de sí — what each person can contribute
dar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with
el sol me da en la cara — the sun is in my eyes

• dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sth

han dado en llamarle Boko — they've taken to calling him Boko
darle a algn por hacer algo
le ha dado por no venir a clase — he has taken to cutting classes

les dio por venir a vernos — they took it into their heads to come and see us

últimamente le ha dado por el golf — he's taken up golf lately

al chico le daba por dormirse en la clase — the boy was always falling asleep in class

la casa que a alguien le dio por llamar Miramar — the house that someone had the bright idea of calling Miramar
dar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough for
con eso da para cuatro personas — this is enough for four people

mi pobre cabeza no da para más hoy — I don't think my poor head can take any more today

5) dar que hablar to set people talking

una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about

3.

See:

darse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

----

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t

* * *

dar [ A25 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ dar (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A entregar

B regalar, donar

C en naipes

D

1 proporcionar

2 Música

E conferir, aportar

F

1 aplicar capa de barniz etc

2 dar: inyección etc

G

1 conceder prórroga etc

2 atribuir

3 pronosticando duración

4 dar: edad, años

H

1 expresar, decir

2 señalar, indicar

Sentido II

A producir

B rendir, alcanzar hasta

C causar, provocar

D arruinar, fastidiar

Sentido III

A presentar

B ofrecer, celebrar

C dar: conferencia

Sentido IV

A realizar la acción indicada

B dar: limpiada etc

Sentido V considerar

■ dar (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 entregar

2 en naipes

B ser suficiente, alcanzar

C

1 dar a: puerta etc

2 llegar hasta

3 estar orientado hacia

D comunicar

E arrojar un resultado

F importar

Sentido II

A

1 pegar, golpear

2 darle a algo: tarea

3 darle a algo: hacer uso de

4 acertar

B

1 darle a algo: accionar

2 mover

C

1 indicando insistencia

2 instando a alguien a hacer algo

D dar con

Sentido III

A acometer, sobrevenir

B

1 darle a alguien por algo

2 darle a alguien con algo

C dar en

D dar: sol, viento, luz

E acabar

■ darse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B ocurrir

C resultar

Sentido II

A dedicarse, entregarse

B tratarse, ser sociable

Sentido III

A realizar la acción indicada

B

1 golpearse, pegarse

2 darse (de) golpes

3 darse (de) patadas etc

Sentido IV considerarse

vt

Sentido I

A (entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keys

se las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaime

dale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from me

deme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?

dar algo A + INF:

da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for her

comer¹ vi A 2. (↑ comer (1)), conocer, entender¹ vt A 2. (↑ entender (1)), mamar

B (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need it

a mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anything

daría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman two can play at that game

estarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)

con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)

para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of them

C (en naipes) to deal

¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible hand

D

1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give

sus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged me

eso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the book

me dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advice

mi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university education

es capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealing

pide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information

2 ( Música) to give

¿me das el la? can you give me an A?

E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the square

les dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the ends

necesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaning

F

1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to give

dale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/paint

hay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floor

dale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it

2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to give

G

1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give

te doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday

¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?

si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow us

el dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prize

al terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma

2

(atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to it

yo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different way

tuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right

3 (pronosticando duración) to give

no le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to live

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together

4

( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?

yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28

H

1

(expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hello

dales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a algn to welcome sb

tenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolences

me gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinion

le doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you

¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?

me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him

te han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an order

han dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated

2

(señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or ( Esp) comunicando the line's busy o ( BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

muestra

Sentido II

A

(producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yield

esta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heat

esta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%

los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruit

no le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a child

B

(rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

ha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of him

el coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast

C

(causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty

¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad

¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!

me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her own

este coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any trouble

ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc dar QUE + INF:

el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden

los niños dan que hacer children are a lot of work

lo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think about

ver tb dar vi Sense III A.

D ( Esp fam) (arruinar, fastidiar) to spoil, ruin

Isabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little Isabel

Sentido III

A

(presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)

en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenida

ayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderón

va a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next month

deja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourself

B (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to hold

C ‹conferencia› to give

dar examen (CS); to take o ( BrE) sit an exam

ver tb clase¹ f E. (↑ clase (1))

Sentido IV

A

(realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiqué

estuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the film

dio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sigh

dio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward

(+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hug

me dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hair

golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

dársela a algn ( Esp fam); to take sb in, put one over on sb

dárselas a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb up

B

‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will do

hay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweeping

quiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter again

Sentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:

lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead

doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic

si le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye

¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!

si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent

sentado

■ dar

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for you

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?

2 (en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to deal

B (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:

este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two meals

con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round

da para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours

(+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that

no le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physics

no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time

dar de sí to stretch

me quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give

¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!

¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!

el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to drop

no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with

yo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of time

ya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the ground

estoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)

C dar a

1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on to

la puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Street

todas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard

2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead to

la calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach

3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to face

la fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces south

la terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

D

( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?

en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr Seco

E

(arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negative

F

(importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mind

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to me

la sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter

¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)

no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o whenever

Sentido II

A

1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the head

dale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard

¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)

le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the ruler

cuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating

2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:

me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)

vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to pass

quiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go

3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:

¡cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o ( AmE) down the wine ( colloq)

¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)

¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!

lengua

4 (acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eye

clavo

B

1 (accionar) darle A algo:

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba push that lever up

le dio al interruptor she flicked the switch

le di a la manivela I turned the handle

dale al pedal press the pedal

tienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key

2 (mover) (+ compl):

dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the right

dale para atrás ( Auto) back up

C

1 ( fam)

(indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)

estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet

¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?

¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morning

yo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it

2

( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovely

dale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to me

D dar con (encontrar) to find

por mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find him

creo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solution

cuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right word

Sentido III

A (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio un mareo she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

como no se calle, me va a dar algo ( fam); if you don't shut up, I'm going to have a fit ( colloq)

¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!

me da que ya no vienen ( fam); I have a (funny o sneaky) feeling they're not coming ( colloq)

ver tb dar vt Sense II C., escalofrío, frío² m B. (↑ frío (2)), gana, impresión, etc

B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)

1 darle a algn POR algo:

le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any more

le ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinking

le ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga

¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!

darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now

¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like it

cualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her

2 darle a algn CON algo:

le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows me

C dar en

(tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young men

ha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her head

lo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'

D

«sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here

siéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sun

en esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes

E

(acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden

¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?

■ darse

v pron

Sentido I

A (producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this area

B

(ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occur

se dio la circunstancia de que la alarma estaba desconectada the alarm happened to be disconnected

para esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditions

¿qué se da? ( fam); what's going on o happening? ( colloq)

C (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?

Sentido II

A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:

se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)

se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it up

se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

B

( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's family

Sentido III

A ( refl)

(realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a shower

vamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot

va dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny

¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and me

no te las des de listo don't act so smart

B

1

(golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a tree

se va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his back

se dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)

2 ( refl):

darse (de) golpes to hit oneself

¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!

3 ( recípr):

se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the street

Sentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:

con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that

no se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets it

puedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killed

no quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know

aludir vi 1. (↑ aludir)

* * *

dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dar trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dar un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): darle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dar en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) darse por algo:
◊ con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
' dar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abasto
- abrigar
- acelerón
- acertar
- acogerse
- acomodar
- acreditar
- admitir
- aflojar
- agradecer
- alarma
- albergue
- alcance
- alerta
- alimentar
- alojamiento
- alta
- amagar
- apetecer
- apurar
- armar
- asesorar
- atinar
- baño
- batalla
- blanca
- blanco
- bola
- bote
- brazo
- brinco
- buena
- bueno
- cabezada
- cabida
- cada
- calabaza
- calentar
- callar
- callada
- callo
- campanada
- cancha
- cante
- cara
- carpetazo
- carrete
- casar
- chivatazo
- citar
English:
about-face
- about-turn
- act up
- advance
- amplify
- announce
- around
- attach
- attest
- back
- backpedal
- barge into
- bear
- beat
- beat up
- beg
- begrudge
- birth
- block
- bluster
- bolster
- bop
- boss about
- boss around
- bother
- bounce
- bound
- breast-feed
- brief
- buff
- bull's-eye
- butt
- call
- chase down
- checkmate
- cheer
- chime
- circle
- clout
- coach
- come across
- credence
- day
- deal
- death
- deliver
- deposit
- direct
- discharge
- disgust

* * *

dar

♦ vt

1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;

dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;

da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;

dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;

¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;

daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking

2. [pagar] to give;
[ofrecer en pago] to offer;
¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;

el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;

300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?

3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;

este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;

le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;

no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;

le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;

su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university

4. [conceder] to give;

le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;

le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;

yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;

al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;

le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;

me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;

¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;

nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;

los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);

¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?

5. [decir]
dar los buenos días to say hello;

dar la bienvenida a alguien to welcome sb;

le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;

fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;

dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;

dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;

me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;

¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?

6. [producir] to give, to produce;
[frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;
estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;

esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;

esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;

le dio tres hijos she bore him three children

7. [provocar] to give;

me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;

me da risa it makes me laugh;

me da miedo it frightens me;

¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;

me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;

el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;

da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;

los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;

este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;

estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm

8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;
[suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on
9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;

darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding

10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal

11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;

el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve

12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;
[concierto, interpretación] to give;
¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;

dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony live

13. [propinar]
le di una bofetada I slapped him, I gave him a slap;

dio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;

darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sb

14. [untar con, aplicar]
dar una capa de pintura al salón to give the living-room a coat of paint;

dar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair

15. [señales, indicios] to show;

dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;

dar señales de vida to show signs of life

16. [enseñar] to teach;
[conferencia] to give;
dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;

dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;

mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrow

17. Esp [recibir] [clase] to have;

doy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;

doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a week

18. [expresa acción]
dar un grito to give a cry;

dar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;

dar un vistazo a to have a look at;

dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;

cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;

voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walk

19. Esp Fam [fastidiar] to ruin;

es tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;

el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleep

20. [considerar]
dar algo por to consider sth as;

eso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;

doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;

doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;

doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;

dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead

21. Fam [presentir]
me da que no van a venir I have a feeling they're not going to come

22. RP [inyección] to give

23. Comp

donde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;

no dar una to get everything wrong

♦ vi

1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;

me toca dar a mí it's my deal

2. [entregar]
dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it

3. [horas] to strike;

dieron las tres three o'clock struck

4. [golpear]
le dieron en la cabeza they hit him on the head;

la piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;

como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you

5. [accionar]
dar a [llave de paso] to turn;
[botón, timbre] to press;
dale al control remoto hit the remote control;

dale al pedal press down on the pedal;
Informát
dale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;

dale a la manivela turn the handle

6. [estar orientado]
dar a [sujeto: ventana, balcón] to look out onto, to overlook;
[sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;
todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea

7. [sujeto: luz, viento]
el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;

la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;

aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here

8. [encontrar]
dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;

he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solution

9. [proporcionar]
dar de beber a alguien to give sb something to drink;

da de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her son

10. [ser suficiente]
dar para to be enough for;

Comp

no dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!

11. [motivar]
esta noticia va a dar mucho que hablar this news will set people talking;

aquello me dio que pensar that made me think

12. [importar]
¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;

me da igual o [m5] lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;

no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;

y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;

¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;

lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;

¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference

13. [acertar]
dio en el blanco she hit the target;

diste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our losses

14. [tomar costumbre]
le ha dado por el yoga he's decided to go in for yoga;

ahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;

le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;

¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;
Formal
dar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;

el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry

15. [expresa repetición]
le dieron de palos they beat him repeatedly with sticks

16. [afectar]
le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

17.
dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;

no dar más de sí o [m5] para más [persona, animal] not to be up to much any more;

este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;

estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;

es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else

18. [expresa enfado]
te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;

¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;

te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;

¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going

19. RP [comunicar]
¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;

le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde

20. Comp
Fam
para dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;
Fam
darle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;
Fam
darle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;

si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;
Esp muy Fam
¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!

♦ See also the pronominal verb darse

* * *

dar

<part dado>

I v/t

1 give; fiesta give, have;

dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;

dar miedo a frighten;

el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;

dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink

2 fruta bear; luz give off; beneficio yield

3 película show, screen

4

:

el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three

5

:

¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;

y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and on

II v/i

1 give; de cartas en juego deal;

dame give it to me, give me it

2

:

dar a de ventana look onto

3

:

dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;

no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name

4

:

dar de sí de material stretch, give;

dar para be enough for;

no da para más it’s past its best

5

:

le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother

6

:

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;

da igual it doesn’t matter

7

:

dar contra o

en algo hit sth;

el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes

8

:

dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead

9

:

dar que hablar give people something to talk about;

da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about

* * *

dar {22} vt

1) : to give

2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over

3) : to hit, to strike

4) : to yield, to produce

5) : to perform

6) : to give off, to emit

7)

dar como or

dar por : to regard as, to consider

dar vi

1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enough

no me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares

2)

dar a or

dar sobre : to overlook, to look out on

3)

dar con : to run into

4)

dar con : to hit upon (an idea)

5)

dar de sí : to give, to stretch

♦ See also the reflexive verb darse

* * *

dar vb

1. (en general) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]

dale esta carta a tu madre give this letter to your mother

me has dado una idea you've given me an idea

me dio permiso para ir a la excursión he gave me permission to go on the trip

¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?

2. (poner en las manos) to pass

me puedes ayudar dándome los libros you can help me by passing me the books

3. (pedir en una tienda)

¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?

4. (poner en la televisión) to be on

esta noche dan una película estupenda en la tele there's a great film on TV tonight

5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have

los García dan una fiesta the Garcías are having a party

6. (impartir clases) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]

da clases de inglés she teaches English

7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have

le ha dado un ataque de asma she had an asthma attack

8. (producir fruto, flores) to bear [pt. bore; pp. borne]

el peral da peras the pear tree bears pears

9. (sonar las horas) to strike [pt. & pp. struck]

el reloj dio las ocho the clock struck eight

ya han dado las diez it's gone ten o'clock

10. (encender, conectar) to turn on

¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?

11. (chocar, golpear) to hit [pt. & pp. hit]

la pelota dio contra el cristal the ball hit the window

12. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]

me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnight

le di las gracias I thanked him

dar a to overlook / to look onto

esta habitación da a la calle this room overlooks the street

dar a entender to imply [pt. & pp. implied]

dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]

dio a luz a una niña preciosa she gave birth to a beautiful little girl

dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]

dar igual not to matter / not to mind

da igual it doesn't matter

me da igual I don't mind

¿qué más da? what difference does it make?

Spanish-English dictionary > dar
80 en

prep.

1 in (place) (en el interior de).

viven en la capital they live in the capital

tiene el dinero en el banco he keeps his money in the bank

en la mesa/el plato on the table/plate

en casa/el trabajo at home/work

2 into.

el avión cayó en el mar the plane fell into the sea

entraron en la habitación they came/went into the room

3 in (time) (month, year).

nació en 1953/marzo she was born in 1953/March

en Nochebuena on Christmas Eve

en Navidades at Christmas

en aquella época at that time, in those days

en un par de días in a couple of days

4 by (medio de transporte).

ir en tren/coche/avión/barco to go by train/car/plane/boat

5 in (modo).

en voz baja in a low voice

lo dijo en inglés she said it in English

pagar en libras to pay in pounds

la inflación aumentó en un 10 por ciento inflation increased by 10 percent

todo se lo gasta en ropa he spends everything on clothes

6 in (price).

las ganancias se calculan en millones profits are calculated in millions

te lo dejo en 5.000 I'll let you have it for 5,000

7 from (causa).

lo detecté en su forma de hablar I could tell from the way he was speaking

8 in, made of (materia).

en seda in silk

9 in terms of.

lo supera en inteligencia she is more intelligent than he is

10 on, over, upon.

11 at, over at, in, over in.

En ese momento ...at that moment.

12 to.

* * *

en

► preposición

1 (lugar - gen) in, at

■ en Valencia in Valencia

■ en casa at home

■ en el trabajo at work

■ en la estación at the station

■ en la tele on TV

2 (- en el interior) in, inside

■ en el cajón in the drawer

3 (lugar - sobre) on

■ en la mesa on the table

4 (año, mes, estación) in; (día) on; (época, momento) at

■ en 1994 in 1994

■ en septiembre in September

■ en otoño in autumn

■ en aquel día on that day

■ en el día de Navidad on Christmas Day

■ en aquel momento at that moment

5 (dirección) into

■ el helicóptero cayó en el mar the helicopter fell into the sea

■ entró en su casa he went into his house

6 (transporte) by

■ ir en coche to go by car

■ ir en avión to fly

7 (tema, materia) at, in

■ experto en economía expert in economics

■ bueno en ajedrez good at chess

■ Doctor en Medicina Doctor of Medicine

8 (modo, manera) in

■ en broma in fun

■ en voz baja in a low voice

■ en inglés in English

■ lo conocí en el andar I recognized him by his walk

9 (porcentaje) by

■ los valores aumentaron en un 6% securities increased by 6%

10 en + gerund upon

■ en llegando el maestro, los niños se levantan upon the teacher's arrival, the children stand up

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

de casa en casa from house to house

en cuanto as soon as

en camino on the way

* * *

prep.

1) in

2) on

3) at

4) by

5) inside

6) into

* * *

PREP

1) [indicando lugar]

a) (=dentro de) in

está en el cajón/en el armario — it's in the drawer/in the wardrobe

curvas peligrosas en 2 kilómetros — dangerous bends 2 kilometres ahead

b) (=encima de) on

las llaves están en la mesa — the keys are on the table

lo encontré tirado en el suelo — I found it lying on the floor

la oficina está en el quinto piso — the office is on the fifth floor

c) [con países, ciudades, calles]

está en Argentina — it's in Argentina

viven en Granada — they live in Granada

está en algún lugar de Murcia — it's somewhere in Murcia

la librería está en la calle Pelayo — the bookshop is on Pelayo street

vivía en el número 17 — she lived at number 17

trabaja en una tienda — she works in a shop

d) [con edificios]

en casa — at home

en el colegio — at school

en la oficina — at the office

te esperé en la estación — I waited for you at the station

te veo en el cine — see you at the cinema

2) [indicando movimiento] into

entré en el banco — I went into the bank

me metí en la cama a las diez — I got into bed at ten o'clock

meterse algo en el bolsillo — to put sth in(to) one's pocket

entra en el coche — get in(to) the car

no entra en el agujero — it won't go in(to) the hole

ir de puerta en puerta — to go from door to door

3) [indicando modo] in

en inglés — in English

en pantalón corto — in shorts

fotografías en color — colour photographs

hablar en voz alta — to speak loudly

una escultura en madera — a wooden sculpture

una serie en diez capítulos — a ten-part series

4) [indicando proporción] by

reducir algo en una tercera parte — to reduce sth by a third

ha aumentado en un 20 por ciento — it has increased by 20 per cent

5) [indicando tiempo]

en 1605 — in 1605

en el siglo X — in the 10th century

en invierno — in (the) winter

en enero — in January

lo hice en dos días — I did it in two days

no he salido en todo el día — I haven't gone out all day

en aquella ocasión — on that occasion

mi cumpleaños cae en viernes — my birthday falls on a Friday

en aquella época — at that time

en ese momento — at that moment

en Navidades — at Christmas

ayer en la mañana — LAm yesterday morning

en la mañana del accidente — LAm on the morning of the accident

6) [indicando tema, ocupación]

un experto en la materia — an expert on the subject

es bueno en dibujo — he's good at drawing

trabaja en la construcción — he works in the building industry

Hugo en Segismundo — (Cine, Teat) Hugo as Segismundo, Hugo in the role of Segismundo

7) [con medios de transporte] by

en avión — by plane

en coche — by car

en autobús — by bus

8) [con cantidades] at, for

lo vendió en cinco dólares — he sold it at o for five dollars

estimaron las ganancias en unos trescientos mil euros — they estimated the profits to be around three hundred thousand euros

9) [con infinitivo]

fue el último en hacerlo — he was the last to do it

lo reconocí en el andar — I recognized him by his walk

10) † [con gerundio]

en viéndolo se lo dije — the moment I saw him I told him
EN Como preposición de lugar, en se traduce normalmente por on, in o at. La elección de una de estas tres preposiciones depende a menudo de cómo percibe el hablante la relación espacial. He aquí unas líneas generales: ► Se traduce por on cuando en equivale a encima de o nos referimos a algo que se percibe como una superficie o una línea, por ejemplo una mesa, una carretera {etc}: "¿Has visto mi vestido?" - "Está en la tabla de planchar" "Have you seen my dress?" - "It's on the ironing-board" Estaban tumbados en la playa They were lying on the beach Está construyendo una casa en la colina He's building a house on the hill ... un pueblo en la costa oeste...... a village on the west coast... La gasolinera está en la carretera que va a Motril The petrol station is on the road to Motril Dibujó un león en la hoja de papel He drew a lion on the piece of paper Tiene un grano en la nariz He has a spot on his nose Lo vi en la tele I saw him on TV ► Se usa in cuando equivale a dentro de o cuando nos referimos a un espacio que se percibe como limitado (calle, montañas, etc): Tus gafas están en mi bolso Your glasses are in my bag Tienes una pestaña en el ojo You've got an eyelash in your eye Lo leí en un libro I read it in a book Se han comprado un chalet en la sierra They've bought a chalet in the mountains Viven en la calle de Serrano They live in the Calle de Serrano ► Lo traducimos por at para referirnos a un edificio cuando hablamos de la actividad que normalmente se realiza en él o cuando en indica un lugar concreto. También se traduce por at cuando en la dirección incluimos el número o el nombre de la casa: ¿Por qué no comemos en el restaurante de tu hermano? Why don't we have lunch at your brother's restaurant? Voy a pasar el día en el museo I'm going to spend the day at the museum Te espero en la parada del autobús I'll meet you at the bus-stop Vivimos en la calle Dale nº 12 We live at 12 Dale Street Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *

preposición

1) ( en expresiones de lugar)

a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)

viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

en el último piso — on the top floor

viven en la calle Goya — they live on o (BrE) in Goya Street

nos quedamos en casa — we stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)

de puerta en puerta — from door to door

b) ( dentro de) in

en una caja — in a box

métete en la cama — get into bed

c) ( sobre) on

en la mesa — on the table

en una silla — on a chair

se le nota en la cara — you can see it in his face

2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in

en armonía con la naturaleza — in harmony with nature

en peligro — in danger

3)

a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)

un experto en la materia — an expert on the subject

es muy bueno en historia — he's very good at history

doctor en derecho — Doctor of Law

la supera en inteligencia — he surpasses her in intelligence

b) (indicando proporción, precio)

en un diez por ciento — by ten per cent

lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30

en dólares — in dollars

las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000

4)

a) (indicando estado, manera) in

en buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition

en llamas — in flames, on fire

estaba en camisón — she was in her nightdress

con los músculos en tensión — with (his) muscles tensed

en tono sarcástico — sarcastically

b) ( en forma de)

termina en punta — it's pointed

colóquense en círculo — get into o in a circle

c) ( en el papel de) as

Luis Girón en el Alcalde — Luis Girón as the Mayor

d) ( con medios de transporte) by

ir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat

fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes

dimos una vuelta en coche — we went for a ride in the car

5)

a) ( expresando el material)

en seda natural — in natural silk

una escultura en bronce — a bronze (sculpture)

b) ( indicando el modo de presentación o expresión) in

¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?

en ruso — in Russian

6) ( con expresiones de tiempo)

en verano — in (the) summer

en varias ocasiones — on several occasions

justo en ese momento — just at that moment

en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night

7)

a) ( con construcciones verbales) in

no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen — there's nothing wrong in what they're doing

tardó media hora en resolverlo — it took her half an hour to work it out

fuí el último en salir — I was the last to leave

b) ( con complementos de persona) in

en él ha encontrado un amigo — she's found a friend in him

no sé qué ve en ella — I don't know what he sees in her

* * *

= in, onto, into, at, throughout.

Ex. The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

Ex. When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.

Ex. The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.

Ex. He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.

Ex. Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.

----

* en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.

* en abstracto = abstractly.

* en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.

* en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].

* en adelante = forward [forwards].

* en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.

* en alerta roja = on red alert.

* en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.

* en alguna parte = someplace.

* en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.

* en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.

* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.

* en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.

* en algunos casos = in some cases.

* en algunos grupos = in some quarters.

* en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.

* en algunos sectores = in some quarters.

* en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.

* en algunos sentidos = in some respects.

* en algunos sitios = in places.

* en alquiler = rented.

* en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.

* en alza = on the upswing.

* en ambas direcciones = two-way.

* en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.

* en ángulo = angled.

* en ángulo recto = at right angles.

* en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.

* en antelación = anticipatory.

* en anticipación = anticipatory.

* en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.

* en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.

* en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.

* en apoyo a = in support of.

* en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.

* en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.

* en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.

* en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.

* en aquellos casos = in those cases.

* en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.

* en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.

* en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.

* en aras a = in the name of.

* en aras de = in the interest(s) of.

* en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.

* en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.

* en ascuas = on tenterhooks.

* en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.

* en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.

* en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.

* en Babia = absent-minded.

* en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.

* en bandada = in full force.

* en bandadas = in droves.

* en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.

* en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.

* en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.

* en bisel = angled.

* en blanco = blankly, blank.

* en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).

* en bloque = en bloc.

* en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.

* en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.

* en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].

* en broma = teasingly.

* en buena compañía = in good company.

* en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.

* en buena forma = in good nick.

* en buena parte = for the most part.

* en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.

* en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.

* en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.

* en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.

* en búsqueda de = a quest for.

* en cada fase = at each stage.

* en caída = flowing.

* en caja = boxed.

* en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.

* en cama = abed.

* en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.

* en camino = on the way.

* en cantidad = bulk.

* en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.

* en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.

* en carnavales = carnivalistically.

* en carne y hueso = in the flesh.

* en casa = in the home.

* en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.

* en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.

* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.

* en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.

* en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.

* en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.

* en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.

* en chirona = behind bars.

* en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.

* en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.

* en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.

* en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.

* en cierto grado = something of.

* en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.

* en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.

* en ciertos casos = in certain cases.

* en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.

* en circuito cerrado = looped.

* en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.

* en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.

* en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.

* en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.

* en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.

* en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.

* en coche = drive.

* en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.

* en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.

* en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.

* en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.

* en columnas = columnar.

* en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.

* en coma = comatose.

* en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.

* en comisión de servicios = seconded.

* en comparación = by comparison.

* en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.

* en compensación = compensatory.

* en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.

* en común con = in common with.

* en conciencia = in good conscience.

* en conclusión = in conclusion.

* en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.

* en concreto = in particular, to be specific.

* en condiciones = decent.

* en condiciones de = in the position to.

* en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.

* en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.

* en conexión con = in respect of.

* en confidencia = in confidence.

* en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).

* en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.

* en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.

* en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.

* en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.

* en connivencia = colluding.

* en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.

* en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.

* en consecuencia lógica = by implication.

* en consideración = under consideration.

* en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.

* en consonacia con = in line with.

* en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.

* en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.

* en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.

* en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.

* en construcción = under development, under construction.

* en contacto = in communication.

* en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.

* en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.

* en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].

* en continua expansión = expanding.

* en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.

* en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.

* en contra = counterpoint, against.

* en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].

* en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.

* en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].

* en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].

* en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.

* en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.

* en contra del gobierno = anti-government.

* en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.

* en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).

* en contravención de = in contravention of.

* en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).

* en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].

* en cooperación con = in cooperation with.

* en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].

* en costras = caked.

* en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.

* en cuadernillo = in booklet form.

* en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.

* en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.

* en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.

* en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.

* en cualquier orden = either way round.

* en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.

* en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.

* en cualquier otro momento = some other time.

* en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.

* en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.

* en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier situación = in any given situation.

* en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.

* en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.

* en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.

* en cuanto a él = as for him.

* en cuanto a ella = as for her.

* en cuanto a ellos = as for them.

* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.

* en cuanto a mí = as for me.

* en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.

* en cuanto a ti = as for you.

* en cuanto a usted = as for you.

* en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.

* en cuanto + nacer = at birth.

* en cuanto que = in that.

* en cuarto lugar = fourthly.

* en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.

* en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.

* en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.

* en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.

* en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.

* en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.

* en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.

* en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.

* en cuestiones de = in matters of.

* en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.

* en cursiva = in italic type.

* en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.

* en curso de = in course of.

* en cuyo caso = in which case.

* en danza = on the run.

* en decadencia = bankrupt.

* en defensa propia = in self-defence.

* en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.

* en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.

* en demanda = in-demand.

* en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.

* en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.

* en desacuerdo con = at odds with.

* en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.

* en desarrollo = evolving, under development.

* en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.

* en desesperación = despairing, in despair.

* en desuso = obsolete, disused.

* en detalle = at length.

* en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.

* en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.

* en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.

* en diagonal = herringbone.

* en días alternos = every other day.

* en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.

* en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.

* en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.

* en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.

* en dificultades = stranded.

* en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].

* en dirección de la proa = abaft.

* en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.

* en dirección norte = northbound.

* en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).

* en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.

* en disco = ondisc.

* en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.

* en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.

* en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.

* en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.

* en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.

* en distintos formatos = multiform.

* en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.

* en diversas lenguas = multilingually.

* en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.

* en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.

* en diversos formatos = multiform.

* en donde = where, wherein.

* en dos años = over a two-year period.

* en dos lenguas = bilingually.

* en dos niveles = split-level.

* en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.

* en dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* en duda = in doubt.

* en edad de trabajar = working-age.

* en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.

* en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].

* en el abandono = in the wilderness.

* en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.

* en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.

* en el ámbito de = in the realm of.

* en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.

* en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.

* en el año entrante = in the coming year.

* en el año próximo = in the coming year.

* en el año venidero = in the coming year.

* en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.

* en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.

* en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.

* en el aula de clase = classroom-based.

* en el banquillo = on the bench.

* en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.

* en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.

* en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.

* en el campus universitario = campus-based.

* en el candelero = in the spotlight.

* en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.

* en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.

* en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.

* en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).

* en el centro de = at the heart of.

* en el cine = at the movies.

* en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.

* en el contexto de = in the realm of.

* en el culo = in the bottom.

* en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.

* en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.

* en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.

* en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.

* en el desierto = in the wilderness.

* en el detalle = in detail.

* en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.

* en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.

* en el eje = at the core (of).

* en el entorno de = in the realm of.

* en el escenario = on stage.

* en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.

* en el espacio = spatially.

* en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.

* en el estudio = at study, at study.

* en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.

* en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.

* en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.

* en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.

* en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.

* en el fondo de = at the root of.

* en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.

* en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.

* en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.

* en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.

* en el futuro lejano = further in the future.

* en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.

* en el horario de trabajo = on company time.

* en el horizonte = on the horizon.

* en el hospital = at the bedside.

* en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).

* en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.

* en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.

* en el juego = at play.

* en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.

* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.

* en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].

* en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* en el mandato = in office.

* en el mando = at the wheel.

* en el mar = at sea.

* en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.

* en el más allá = dead and gone.

* en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.

* en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.

* en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.

* en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).

* en el mismo número de años = in as many years.

* en el mismo orden que = in sync with.

* en el momento = on the spot.

* en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.

* en el momento adecuado = at the right time.

* en el momento de = at the time (that/of).

* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.

* en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.

* en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.

* en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.

* en el momento justo = on cue.

* en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.

* en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.

* en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.

* en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.

* en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.

* en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.

* en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.

* en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.

* en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.

* en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.

* en el norte del estado = upstate.

* en el núcleo = at the core (of).

* en el ocaso = over the hill.

* en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.

* en el orden del día = on the agenda.

* en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).

* en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.

* en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.

* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.

* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.

* en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.

* en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.

* en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.

* en el período penoso de = in the throes of.

* en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.

* en el piso de abajo = downstairs.

* en el piso de arriba = upstairs.

* en el poder = in office.

* en el primer caso = in the former case.

* en el proceso = in the process.

* en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.

* en el propio cortijo = on-farm.

* en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.

* en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.

* en el punto álgido de = at the height of.

* en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.

* en el que = wherein.

* en el que se puede buscar = searchable.

* en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el quirófano = under the knife.

* en el resto = everywhere else.

* en el resto de = elsewhere.

* en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.

* en el segundo caso = in the latter case.

* en el seno de = within, among.

* en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.

* en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.

* en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.

* en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.

* en el sentido que = in which.

* en el timón = in the saddle.

* en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.

* en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.

* en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.

* en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.

* en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.

* en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.

* en el trasfondo de = at the root of.

* en el último caso = in the latter case.

* en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.

* en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.

* en el umbral de = on the threshold of.

* en el vuelo = in-flight.

* en entrante = recessed.

* en entredicho = under challenge.

* en episodios = episodic.

* en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.

* en época de feria = carnivalistically.

* en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.

* en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.

* en épocas de = in times of.

* en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.

* en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.

* en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.

* en épocas difíciles = in times of need.

* en épocas pasadas = in past ages.

* en escamas = flaky.

* en ese caso = in that case.

* en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.

* en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.

* en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.

* en esencia = in essence, essentially.

* en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.

* en esos casos = in those cases.

* en espacios cerrados = indoors.

* en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).

* en especie = in kind.

* en espera = on hold.

* en espiga = herringbone.

* en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.

* en estado = pregnant, in the family way.

* en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.

* en estado de alerta = on alert.

* en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.

* en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.

* en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.

* en estado de descomposición = decaying.

* en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.

* en estado de reserva = on standby.

* en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.

* en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.

* en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.

* en esta época del año = around this time of year.

* en esta ocasión = on this occasion.

* en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.

* en esta situación = at this juncture.

* en este caso = in this case.

* en este contexto = against this background.

* en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.

* en este extremo = to this extent.

* en este grado = to this extent.

* en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.

* en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.

* en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.

* en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.

* en estos casos = in these cases.

* en estos días = today, these days.

* en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.

* en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.

* en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.

* en estuche = boxed.

* en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.

* en exclusiva = exclusively.

* en existencia = in existence.

* en expansión = expanded.

* en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.

* en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.

* en extensión = in length.

* en extenso = at length, in full.

* en extremo = no end, to no end.

* en fase terminal = terminally ill.

* en favor de = in favour of.

* en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.

* en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.

* en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.

* en forma de A = A-shaped.

* en forma de arco = arched, bowed.

* en forma de capa = cape-like.

* en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.

* en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.

* en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.

* en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.

* en forma de D = d-shaped.

* en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* en forma de L = L-shaped.

* en forma de libro = in book form.

* en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.

* en forma de parásito = parasitically.

* en forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.

* en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.

* en forma de U = U-shaped.

* en forma de V = V-shaped.

* en forma física = physically fit.

* en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.

* en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.

* en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.

* en formato digital = digitally.

* en formato electrónico = in electronic form.

* en formato MARC = in MARC form.

* en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.

* en frente = ahead, in front.

* en frente de = in front of.

* en funcionamiento = in operation.

* en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.

* en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.

* en germinación = budding.

* en gestación = in the making.

* en grado mínimo = minimally.

* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.

* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.

* en grandes números = in record numbers.

* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.

* en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en gran número = numerously.

* en gran parte

* * *

preposición

1) ( en expresiones de lugar)

a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)

viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

en el último piso — on the top floor

viven en la calle Goya — they live on o (BrE) in Goya Street

nos quedamos en casa — we stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)

de puerta en puerta — from door to door

b) ( dentro de) in

en una caja — in a box

métete en la cama — get into bed

c) ( sobre) on

en la mesa — on the table

en una silla — on a chair

se le nota en la cara — you can see it in his face

2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in

en armonía con la naturaleza — in harmony with nature

en peligro — in danger

3)

a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)

un experto en la materia — an expert on the subject

es muy bueno en historia — he's very good at history

doctor en derecho — Doctor of Law

la supera en inteligencia — he surpasses her in intelligence

b) (indicando proporción, precio)

en un diez por ciento — by ten per cent

lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30

en dólares — in dollars

las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000

4)

a) (indicando estado, manera) in

en buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition

en llamas — in flames, on fire

estaba en camisón — she was in her nightdress

con los músculos en tensión — with (his) muscles tensed

en tono sarcástico — sarcastically

b) ( en forma de)

termina en punta — it's pointed

colóquense en círculo — get into o in a circle

c) ( en el papel de) as

Luis Girón en el Alcalde — Luis Girón as the Mayor

d) ( con medios de transporte) by

ir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat

fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes

dimos una vuelta en coche — we went for a ride in the car

5)

a) ( expresando el material)

en seda natural — in natural silk

una escultura en bronce — a bronze (sculpture)

b) ( indicando el modo de presentación o expresión) in

¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?

en ruso — in Russian

6) ( con expresiones de tiempo)

en verano — in (the) summer

en varias ocasiones — on several occasions

justo en ese momento — just at that moment

en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night

7)

a) ( con construcciones verbales) in

no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen — there's nothing wrong in what they're doing

tardó media hora en resolverlo — it took her half an hour to work it out

fuí el último en salir — I was the last to leave

b) ( con complementos de persona) in

en él ha encontrado un amigo — she's found a friend in him

no sé qué ve en ella — I don't know what he sees in her

* * *

= in, onto, into, at, throughout.

Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

Ex: When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.

Ex: The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.

Ex: He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.

Ex: Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.

* en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.

* en abstracto = abstractly.

* en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.

* en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].

* en adelante = forward [forwards].

* en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.

* en alerta roja = on red alert.

* en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.

* en alguna parte = someplace.

* en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.

* en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.

* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.

* en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.

* en algunos casos = in some cases.

* en algunos grupos = in some quarters.

* en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.

* en algunos sectores = in some quarters.

* en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.

* en algunos sentidos = in some respects.

* en algunos sitios = in places.

* en alquiler = rented.

* en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.

* en alza = on the upswing.

* en ambas direcciones = two-way.

* en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.

* en ángulo = angled.

* en ángulo recto = at right angles.

* en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.

* en antelación = anticipatory.

* en anticipación = anticipatory.

* en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.

* en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.

* en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.

* en apoyo a = in support of.

* en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.

* en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.

* en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.

* en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.

* en aquellos casos = in those cases.

* en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.

* en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.

* en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.

* en aras a = in the name of.

* en aras de = in the interest(s) of.

* en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.

* en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.

* en ascuas = on tenterhooks.

* en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.

* en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.

* en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.

* en Babia = absent-minded.

* en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.

* en bandada = in full force.

* en bandadas = in droves.

* en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.

* en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.

* en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.

* en bisel = angled.

* en blanco = blankly, blank.

* en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).

* en bloque = en bloc.

* en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.

* en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.

* en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].

* en broma = teasingly.

* en buena compañía = in good company.

* en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.

* en buena forma = in good nick.

* en buena parte = for the most part.

* en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.

* en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.

* en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.

* en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.

* en búsqueda de = a quest for.

* en cada fase = at each stage.

* en caída = flowing.

* en caja = boxed.

* en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.

* en cama = abed.

* en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.

* en camino = on the way.

* en cantidad = bulk.

* en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.

* en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.

* en carnavales = carnivalistically.

* en carne y hueso = in the flesh.

* en casa = in the home.

* en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.

* en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.

* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.

* en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.

* en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.

* en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.

* en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.

* en chirona = behind bars.

* en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.

* en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.

* en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.

* en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.

* en cierto grado = something of.

* en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.

* en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.

* en ciertos casos = in certain cases.

* en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.

* en circuito cerrado = looped.

* en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.

* en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.

* en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.

* en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.

* en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.

* en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.

* en coche = drive.

* en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.

* en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.

* en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.

* en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.

* en columnas = columnar.

* en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.

* en coma = comatose.

* en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.

* en comisión de servicios = seconded.

* en comparación = by comparison.

* en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.

* en compensación = compensatory.

* en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.

* en común con = in common with.

* en conciencia = in good conscience.

* en conclusión = in conclusion.

* en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.

* en concreto = in particular, to be specific.

* en condiciones = decent.

* en condiciones de = in the position to.

* en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.

* en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.

* en conexión con = in respect of.

* en confidencia = in confidence.

* en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).

* en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.

* en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.

* en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.

* en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.

* en connivencia = colluding.

* en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.

* en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.

* en consecuencia lógica = by implication.

* en consideración = under consideration.

* en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.

* en consonacia con = in line with.

* en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.

* en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.

* en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.

* en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.

* en construcción = under development, under construction.

* en contacto = in communication.

* en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.

* en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.

* en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].

* en continua expansión = expanding.

* en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.

* en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.

* en contra = counterpoint, against.

* en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].

* en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.

* en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].

* en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].

* en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.

* en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.

* en contra del gobierno = anti-government.

* en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.

* en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).

* en contravención de = in contravention of.

* en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).

* en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].

* en cooperación con = in cooperation with.

* en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].

* en costras = caked.

* en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.

* en cuadernillo = in booklet form.

* en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.

* en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.

* en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.

* en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.

* en cualquier orden = either way round.

* en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.

* en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.

* en cualquier otro momento = some other time.

* en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.

* en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.

* en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.

* en cualquier situación = in any given situation.

* en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.

* en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.

* en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.

* en cuanto a él = as for him.

* en cuanto a ella = as for her.

* en cuanto a ellos = as for them.

* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.

* en cuanto a mí = as for me.

* en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.

* en cuanto a ti = as for you.

* en cuanto a usted = as for you.

* en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.

* en cuanto + nacer = at birth.

* en cuanto que = in that.

* en cuarto lugar = fourthly.

* en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.

* en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.

* en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.

* en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.

* en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.

* en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.

* en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.

* en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.

* en cuestiones de = in matters of.

* en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.

* en cursiva = in italic type.

* en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.

* en curso de = in course of.

* en cuyo caso = in which case.

* en danza = on the run.

* en decadencia = bankrupt.

* en defensa propia = in self-defence.

* en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.

* en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.

* en demanda = in-demand.

* en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.

* en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.

* en desacuerdo con = at odds with.

* en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.

* en desarrollo = evolving, under development.

* en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.

* en desesperación = despairing, in despair.

* en desuso = obsolete, disused.

* en detalle = at length.

* en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.

* en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.

* en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.

* en diagonal = herringbone.

* en días alternos = every other day.

* en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.

* en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.

* en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.

* en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.

* en dificultades = stranded.

* en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].

* en dirección de la proa = abaft.

* en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.

* en dirección norte = northbound.

* en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).

* en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.

* en disco = ondisc.

* en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.

* en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.

* en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.

* en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.

* en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.

* en distintos formatos = multiform.

* en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.

* en diversas lenguas = multilingually.

* en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.

* en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.

* en diversos formatos = multiform.

* en donde = where, wherein.

* en dos años = over a two-year period.

* en dos lenguas = bilingually.

* en dos niveles = split-level.

* en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.

* en dos volúmenes = two-volume.

* en duda = in doubt.

* en edad de trabajar = working-age.

* en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.

* en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].

* en el abandono = in the wilderness.

* en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.

* en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.

* en el ámbito de = in the realm of.

* en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.

* en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.

* en el año entrante = in the coming year.

* en el año próximo = in the coming year.

* en el año venidero = in the coming year.

* en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.

* en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.

* en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.

* en el aula de clase = classroom-based.

* en el banquillo = on the bench.

* en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.

* en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.

* en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.

* en el campus universitario = campus-based.

* en el candelero = in the spotlight.

* en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.

* en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.

* en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.

* en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).

* en el centro de = at the heart of.

* en el cine = at the movies.

* en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.

* en el contexto de = in the realm of.

* en el culo = in the bottom.

* en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.

* en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.

* en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.

* en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.

* en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.

* en el desierto = in the wilderness.

* en el detalle = in detail.

* en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.

* en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.

* en el eje = at the core (of).

* en el entorno de = in the realm of.

* en el escenario = on stage.

* en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.

* en el espacio = spatially.

* en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.

* en el estudio = at study, at study.

* en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.

* en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.

* en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.

* en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.

* en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.

* en el fondo de = at the root of.

* en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.

* en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.

* en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.

* en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.

* en el futuro lejano = further in the future.

* en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.

* en el horario de trabajo = on company time.

* en el horizonte = on the horizon.

* en el hospital = at the bedside.

* en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).

* en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.

* en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.

* en el juego = at play.

* en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.

* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.

* en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].

* en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* en el mandato = in office.

* en el mando = at the wheel.

* en el mar = at sea.

* en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.

* en el más allá = dead and gone.

* en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.

* en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.

* en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.

* en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).

* en el mismo número de años = in as many years.

* en el mismo orden que = in sync with.

* en el momento = on the spot.

* en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.

* en el momento adecuado = at the right time.

* en el momento de = at the time (that/of).

* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.

* en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.

* en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.

* en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.

* en el momento justo = on cue.

* en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.

* en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.

* en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.

* en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.

* en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.

* en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.

* en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.

* en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.

* en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.

* en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.

* en el norte del estado = upstate.

* en el núcleo = at the core (of).

* en el ocaso = over the hill.

* en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.

* en el orden del día = on the agenda.

* en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).

* en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.

* en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.

* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.

* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.

* en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.

* en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.

* en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.

* en el período penoso de = in the throes of.

* en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.

* en el piso de abajo = downstairs.

* en el piso de arriba = upstairs.

* en el poder = in office.

* en el primer caso = in the former case.

* en el proceso = in the process.

* en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.

* en el propio cortijo = on-farm.

* en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.

* en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.

* en el punto álgido de = at the height of.

* en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.

* en el que = wherein.

* en el que se puede buscar = searchable.

* en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.

* en el quirófano = under the knife.

* en el resto = everywhere else.

* en el resto de = elsewhere.

* en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.

* en el segundo caso = in the latter case.

* en el seno de = within, among.

* en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.

* en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.

* en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.

* en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.

* en el sentido que = in which.

* en el timón = in the saddle.

* en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.

* en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.

* en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.

* en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.

* en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.

* en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.

* en el trasfondo de = at the root of.

* en el último caso = in the latter case.

* en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.

* en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.

* en el umbral de = on the threshold of.

* en el vuelo = in-flight.

* en entrante = recessed.

* en entredicho = under challenge.

* en episodios = episodic.

* en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.

* en época de feria = carnivalistically.

* en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.

* en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.

* en épocas de = in times of.

* en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.

* en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.

* en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.

* en épocas difíciles = in times of need.

* en épocas pasadas = in past ages.

* en escamas = flaky.

* en ese caso = in that case.

* en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.

* en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.

* en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.

* en esencia = in essence, essentially.

* en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.

* en esos casos = in those cases.

* en espacios cerrados = indoors.

* en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).

* en especie = in kind.

* en espera = on hold.

* en espiga = herringbone.

* en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.

* en estado = pregnant, in the family way.

* en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.

* en estado de alerta = on alert.

* en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.

* en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.

* en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.

* en estado de descomposición = decaying.

* en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.

* en estado de reserva = on standby.

* en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.

* en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.

* en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.

* en esta época del año = around this time of year.

* en esta ocasión = on this occasion.

* en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.

* en esta situación = at this juncture.

* en este caso = in this case.

* en este contexto = against this background.

* en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.

* en este extremo = to this extent.

* en este grado = to this extent.

* en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.

* en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.

* en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.

* en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.

* en estos casos = in these cases.

* en estos días = today, these days.

* en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.

* en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.

* en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.

* en estuche = boxed.

* en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.

* en exclusiva = exclusively.

* en existencia = in existence.

* en expansión = expanded.

* en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.

* en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.

* en extensión = in length.

* en extenso = at length, in full.

* en extremo = no end, to no end.

* en fase terminal = terminally ill.

* en favor de = in favour of.

* en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.

* en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.

* en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.

* en forma de A = A-shaped.

* en forma de arco = arched, bowed.

* en forma de capa = cape-like.

* en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.

* en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.

* en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.

* en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.

* en forma de D = d-shaped.

* en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].

* en forma de L = L-shaped.

* en forma de libro = in book form.

* en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.

* en forma de parásito = parasitically.

* en forma de pera = pear-shaped.

* en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.

* en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.

* en forma de U = U-shaped.

* en forma de V = V-shaped.

* en forma física = physically fit.

* en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.

* en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.

* en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.

* en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.

* en formato digital = digitally.

* en formato electrónico = in electronic form.

* en formato MARC = in MARC form.

* en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.

* en frente = ahead, in front.

* en frente de = in front of.

* en funcionamiento = in operation.

* en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.

* en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.

* en germinación = budding.

* en gestación = in the making.

* en grado mínimo = minimally.

* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.

* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.

* en grandes números = in record numbers.

* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.

* en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en gran número = numerously.

* en gran parte

* * *

en

prep

A (en expresiones de lugar)

1

(refiriéndose a una ciudad, un edificio): viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

en el quinto piso on the sixth ( AmE) o ( BrE) fifth floor

viven en la calle Goya they live on o ( BrE) in Goya Street

nos quedamos en casa we stayed home ( AmE), we stayed at home ( BrE)

2 (dentro de) in

métete en la cama get into bed

lo puso en una caja he put it in a box

metió la mano en el conducto she stuck her hand into ( o down etc) the pipe

3 (sobre) on

lo puso en la mesa/pared he put it on the table/wall

se sentó en una silla/en un sillón she sat down on a chair/in an armchair

tendrás que dormir en el suelo you'll have to sleep on the floor

se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face

B

1 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in

vivir en armonía con la naturaleza to live in harmony with nature

2

de … en …: van de casa en casa/de puerta en puerta pidiendo dinero they go from house to house/from door to door asking for money

nos tienes de sorpresa en sorpresa you're full of surprises

C

1 ‹un tema/una especialidad/una cualidad›

es licenciado en filosofía he has a degree in philosophy

es un experto en la materia he's an expert on the subject

es muy bueno en historia he's very good at history

supera a su hermana en inteligencia she surpasses her sister in intelligence

2 ‹una proporción/un precio›

ha aumentado en un diez por ciento it has gone up by ten per cent

me lo vendió en $30 he sold it to me for $30

las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 the losses were calculated at $50,000

D

1 ‹un estado/una manera› in

en buenas/malas condiciones in good/bad condition

un edificio en llamas a building in flames o on fire

nos recibió en camisón he received us in his nightshirt

con los músculos en tensión with (his) muscles tensed

en posición vertical in an upright position

2

(con forma de): termina en punta it's pointed, it ends in o comes to a point

colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle

3 (en el papel de) as

Luis Girón en el Alcalde Luis Girón as the Mayor

4 (con medios de transporte) by

pensamos ir en taxi/en coche/en barco we plan to go by taxi/by car/by boat

¿fueron en tren? — no, en avión did you go by train? — no, by plane o no, we flew

fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes

fuimos a dar una vuelta en coche we went for a drive o we went for a ride in the car

E

1

(expresando el material): un modelo realizado en seda natural an outfit in natural silk

capa para la lluvia en plástico plastic raincape

2 (indicando el modo de presentación o expresión) in

¿lo tienen en azul/(un) 38? do you have it in blue/a 38?

una obra en tres actos a play in three acts

¿cuánto pesas en kilos? how much do you weigh in kilos?

en ruso/en el código Morse in Russian/in Morse Code

F

(en expresiones de tiempo): en verano in (the) summer

en mayo/1947 in May/1947

en varias ocasiones on several occasions

llegó justo en ese momento she arrived just at that moment, just then she arrived

en la mañana/tarde ( esp AmL); in the morning/afternoon

en la noche ( esp AmL); at night

no vi a nadie en todo el día I didn't see anybody all day

G

1 (con construcciones verbales) in

no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen there's nothing wrong in what they're doing

en + INF:

tardó media hora en resolverlo it took her half an hour to work it out

siempre es el último en salir he's always the last to leave

2

(con complementos de persona): en él ha encontrado un amigo she's found a friend in him

problemas que se dan en las personas de edad problems which affect old people

* * *

Multiple Entries:
en
en.
en preposición
1 ( en expresiones de lugar)
a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio):

◊ viven en París/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/at number ten/in a hotel;

en el último piso on the top floor;
está en la calle Goya it's on o (BrE) in Goya Street;
en casa at home
b) ( dentro de) in;

◊ en una caja in a box

c) ( sobre) on;

◊ en una silla on a chair;

se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face
2 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente) in;
◊ en peligro in danger

3
a) (indicando tema, especialidad):

◊ un experto en la materia an expert on the subject;

doctor en derecho Doctor of Law
b) (indicando proporción, precio):

◊ en un diez por ciento by ten per cent;

en dólares in dollars
4
a) (indicando estado, manera) in;

◊ en malas condiciones in bad condition;

en llamas in flames, on fire
b) ( en forma de):

◊ termina en punta it's pointed;

colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle
c) ( con medios de transporte) by;

◊ ir en taxi to go by taxi;

fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes;
dimos una vuelta en coche we went for a ride in the car
5
a) ( indicando el material):

◊ en seda natural in natural silk;

una escultura en bronce a bronze (sculpture)
b) ( indicando el modo de presentación o expresión) in;

◊ en azul/ruso in blue/Russian

6 ( con expresiones de tiempo):
◊ en verano in (the) summer;

en varias ocasiones on several occasions;
en la mañana/noche (esp AmL) in the morning/at night
7
a) ( seguido de construcción verbal):

◊ no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen there's nothing wrong in what they're doing;

fuí el último en salir I was the last to leave
b) ( con complementos de persona) in;

◊ no sé qué ve en ella I don't know what he sees in her

en preposición
1 (lugar) in, on, at: nos encontramos en el autobús, we met on the bus
en Barcelona/Río, in Barcelona/Rio
en el cajón, in the drawer
en casa/el trabajo, at home/work
(sobre) en la mesa, on the table
2 (tiempo) in, on, at: cae en lunes, it falls on a Monday
en 1975, in 1975
en ese preciso instante, at that very moment
en un minuto, in a minute
en primavera, in spring
LAm en la mañana, in the morning
3 (modo) en bata, in a dressing gown
en francés, in French
en serio, seriously
4 (medio) by, in: puede venir en avión/ coche/metro/tren, she can come by air/car/tube/train
¿por qué no vienes en avión?, why don't you fly?
5 (movimiento) into: entró en la habitación, he went into the room
entró en escena, he went on stage
6 (tema, materia) at, in
es muy bueno en matemáticas, he's very good at maths
experto en finanzas, expert in finances
7 (partición, fases) in: hicimos el viaje en dos etapas, we did the journey in two stages
8 (de... en...) entraremos de tres en tres, we shall go in three by three
9 (con infinitivo) fue rápido en desenfundar, he was quick to pull out
se le nota la timidez en el hablar, you can notice his shyness by the way he speaks
'en' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abajo
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abasto
- abatimiento
- abdicar
- abierta
- abierto
- abogar
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abonada
- abonado
- abordar
- abrir
- abreviar
- absoluta
- absoluto
- absorta
- absorto
- abstracta
- abstracto
- abstraída
- abstraído
- abuela
- abundar
- abundancia
- abundante
- abusar
- acabar
- academia
- acariciar
- acceder
- acentuar
- achantarse
- achatamiento
- achuchar
- acoger
- acomodar
- acompañar
- aconsejar
- acontecer
- acordar
- acordarse
- acostada
- acostado
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
English:
A
- aback
- abdicate
- abide
- ablaze
- able
- above
- above-board
- abreast
- abroad
- abscess
- absence
- absent
- absolutely
- absorbed
- abstract
- abundant
- academic
- academy
- accent
- access
- account
- accustom
- acknowledgement
- acquiesce
- acquire
- act
- acting
- action
- active
- actually
- add
- add in
- addition
- adept
- adequate
- administration
- admission
- admit
- advance
- advantage
- adventure
- advertise
- advertising
- affair
- affect
- afford
- afloat
- afraid
- after

* * *

EN nm (abrev de Encuentro Nacional)

= Paraguayan political party

* * *

en

prp

1 ( dentro de) in;

en un mes in a month;

en junio in June;

en casa at home;

en el cielo in heaven

2 ( sobre) on;

en la mesa on the table;

en la calle on the street, Br tb in the street

3 con medios de transporte

:

en coche/tren by car/train

4

:

en inglés in English;

póngamelo en la cuenta put it on my account;

aumentar en un 10 % grow (by) 10%, increase (by) 10%

* * *

en prep

1) : in

en el bolsillo: in one's pocket

en una semana: in a week

2) : on

en la mesa: on the table

3) : at

en casa: at home

en el trabajo: at work

en ese momento: at that moment

* * *

en prep

1. (en general) in

el Museo del Prado está en Madrid the Prado Museum is in Madrid

busca en tu cartera look in your wallet

¿en qué calle vives? which street do you live in?

sucedió en 1949 it happened in 1949

en verano in summer

en noviembre in November

lo acabó en tres días she finished it in three days

2. (edificios, fiestas específicas) at

está en el trabajo he's at work

están en casa they're at home

hemos quedado en el estadio we've arranged to meet at the stadium

vive en el número 24 she lives at number 24

en Navidad at Christmas

3. (superficies, días concretos) on

tus gafas están en la mesa your glasses are on the table

vivo en el segundo piso I live on the second floor

en el día de Navidad on Christmas Day

en la televisión on television

4. (medio de transporte) by

fuimos en tren we went by train

voy al colegio en autobús I go to school by bus

Spanish-English dictionary > en

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

fit — I [[t]fɪ̱t[/t]] BEING RIGHT OR GOING IN THE RIGHT PLACE ♦♦ fits, fitting, fitted (In American English the form fit is used in the present tense and sometimes also as the past tense and past participle of the verb.) 1) VERB If something fits, it… … English dictionary
fit — fit1 [ fıt ] (past tense and past participle fit or fit|ted) verb *** ▸ 1 be right size/shape ▸ 2 about clothes ▸ 3 be suitable/similar ▸ 4 match truth/description ▸ 5 be appropriate for something ▸ 6 measure for clothes etc. ▸ 7 add equipment to … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
Time signature — Common time redirects here. For the short story, see Common Time. Simple example of a 34 time signature: here there are three quarter notes per measure. The time signature (also known as meter signature) is a notational convention used in Western … Wikipedia
Time — This article is about the measurement. For the magazine, see Time (magazine). For other uses, see Time (disambiguation). The flow of sand in an hourglass can be used to keep track of elapsed time. It also concretely represents the present as… … Wikipedia
fit — I UK [fɪt] / US verb Word forms fit : present tense I/you/we/they fit he/she/it fits present participle fitting past tense fitted or fit past participle fitted or fit *** Usage note: In British English, the past tense and past participle is… … English dictionary
time — [[t]ta͟ɪm[/t]] ♦ times, timing, timed 1) N UNCOUNT Time is what we measure in minutes, hours, days, and years. ...a two week period of time... Time passed, and still Ma did not appear... As time went on the visits got more and more regular... The … English dictionary
time — /tuym/, n., adj., v., timed, timing. n. 1. the system of those sequential relations that any event has to any other, as past, present, or future; indefinite and continuous duration regarded as that in which events succeed one another. 2. duration … Universalium
Time Keeps On Slippin' — Infobox Futurama episode episode name = Time Keeps On Slippin episode no = 46 prod code = 3ACV14 airdate = May 6, 2001 country = USA writer = Ken Keeler director = Chris Louden opening subtitle = FOR PROPER VIEWING, TAKE RED PILL NOW opening… … Wikipedia
time — /taɪm / (say tuym) noun 1. the system of those relations which any event has to any other as past, present, or future; indefinite continuous duration regarded as that in which events succeed one another. 2. duration regarded as belonging to the… …
DISPUTATIONS AND POLEMICS — in the pagan environment the christian environment and mission dialogue with tryphon celsus in the christian and muslim medieval milieu gregory of tours and priscus gilbert crispin christian religious drama chronicle of ahimaaz 12TH CENTURY in… … Encyclopedia of Judaism
List of races and species in The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy — Hitchhiker s portal This is a list of races, fauna, and flora (as well as creatures without category) featured in various incarnations of The Hitchhiker s Guide to the Galaxy. Contents … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

a+fit+time+and+place

Тематики

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

Синонимы

EN

Тематики

EN

Тематики

Классификация

Действия

Синонимы

Сопутствующие термины

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

Синонимы

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

EN

DE

FR

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

a+fit+time+and+place

Тематики

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

Синонимы

EN

Тематики

EN

Тематики

Классификация

Действия

Синонимы

Сопутствующие термины

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

Синонимы

EN

DE

FR

Тематики

EN

DE

FR

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: